WO2019117004A1 - Safety check evaluation device, on-board device, safety check evaluation system comprising these, safety check evaluation method, safety check evaluation program, and storage medium - Google Patents

Safety check evaluation device, on-board device, safety check evaluation system comprising these, safety check evaluation method, safety check evaluation program, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019117004A1
WO2019117004A1 PCT/JP2018/044842 JP2018044842W WO2019117004A1 WO 2019117004 A1 WO2019117004 A1 WO 2019117004A1 JP 2018044842 W JP2018044842 W JP 2018044842W WO 2019117004 A1 WO2019117004 A1 WO 2019117004A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
evaluation
time
vehicle
unit
driver
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/044842
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
尚良 佐藤
哲也 塚本
美加 竹中
治人 中山
晃 瀧野
孝 水田
Original Assignee
オムロン株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018117575A external-priority patent/JP7224118B2/en
Application filed by オムロン株式会社 filed Critical オムロン株式会社
Publication of WO2019117004A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019117004A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/16Anti-collision systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a safety confirmation and evaluation device, an in-vehicle device, a safety confirmation and evaluation system including the same, a safety confirmation and evaluation method, a safety confirmation and evaluation program, and a storage medium.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes a safe driving degree determination device that determines a safe driving degree at an intersection.
  • the safe driving degree determination device includes a speed detection unit, a yaw rate detection unit, an acceleration detection unit, a vehicle position detection unit, a map database, and a controller.
  • the controller receives information on turning to the intersection to the intersection, calculates intersection passage characteristic values such as vehicle speed, yaw rate, acceleration and the like, and calculates the intersection passage characteristic value from the information of the map database
  • intersection passage characteristic values such as vehicle speed, yaw rate, acceleration and the like
  • a configuration is employed in which processing is performed to determine the driver's safe driving degree based on the intersection passage characteristic value for each classification of the curvature radius of the intersection in association with the curvature radius and recorded in the recording unit.
  • the safe driving degree of the driver is determined based on the traveling state of the vehicle such as the speed, the yaw rate, and the acceleration when passing an intersection. Therefore, there was a problem that it was not possible to evaluate the driver's safety confirmation action, such as whether the driver is performing appropriate safety confirmation when turning to the left or right when passing an intersection.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a safety confirmation evaluation device capable of accurately evaluating the safety confirmation behavior of a driver at an intersection from the behavior of the driver, in particular, the direction of the face and the direction of the line of sight,
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an in-vehicle device, a safety confirmation evaluation system including the same, a safety confirmation evaluation method, a safety confirmation evaluation program, and a storage medium.
  • the safety confirmation and evaluation device (1) is a safety confirmation and evaluation device that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle, An intersection estimation unit configured to estimate a time when the vehicle enters an intersection; An information acquisition unit that acquires information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight; It is characterized by including: an evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. Therefore, the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be appropriately evaluated based on the information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight.
  • the evaluation unit determines at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the driver based on the information.
  • a first detection unit that detects the left and right swing angles and swing times of the And a first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time.
  • the left and right safety confirmation operations are evaluated based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time. Therefore, it is possible to accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection.
  • the evaluation unit determines the direction or direction of the driver's face based on the information.
  • a second evaluation unit that evaluates a safety confirmation operation of a course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation device (3) the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection is evaluated based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time in a predetermined time after the entry time. Therefore, it is possible to accurately evaluate the safety confirmation operation with respect to the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection.
  • the evaluation unit A third evaluation unit may be provided to evaluate the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • the driver's deceleration awareness is evaluated based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. Therefore, the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection can be accurately evaluated.
  • the evaluation unit A first detection unit configured to detect a swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information; A first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time; A second evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time; A third evaluation unit that evaluates the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time; It is characterized by including an evaluation point calculation unit which calculates an evaluation point for each of the intersections based on the evaluation of the first evaluation unit, the second evaluation unit, and the third evaluation unit.
  • the first evaluation unit can accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection. Moreover, the safety check operation with respect to the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection can be accurately evaluated by the second evaluation unit. Furthermore, the third evaluation unit can accurately evaluate the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection. Based on the evaluations of the first evaluation unit, the second evaluation unit, and the third evaluation unit, the safety check operation in the entire intersection is highly evaluated by calculating the evaluation points for each of the intersections. be able to.
  • the evaluation unit A second detection unit that detects an upper and lower swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information; When a vertical swing angle equal to or greater than a predetermined value is detected along with the left or right swing angle of at least one of the driver's face direction and the line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time. And an evaluation target exclusion unit that excludes the information from the evaluation target of the safety check operation when the information is detected.
  • the safety confirmation and evaluation device (6) up and down swings equal to or greater than a predetermined value along with the right and left swing angles of the driver's face direction or line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time.
  • a predetermined value along with the right and left swing angles of the driver's face direction or line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time.
  • a vehicle speed acquisition unit that acquires the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection;
  • a road type determination unit that determines the type of road based on the speed of the vehicle acquired by the vehicle speed acquisition unit;
  • An evaluation condition table storage unit in which evaluation conditions for the safety confirmation operation to be performed by the driver are set for each type of road, and these evaluation conditions are tabulated and stored.
  • an evaluation condition switching unit that switches the evaluation condition according to the type of the road determined by the road type determination unit, The evaluation unit is characterized in that the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the evaluation condition switched by the evaluation condition switching unit.
  • the type of the road is determined based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection, and the evaluation condition is switched according to the type of the determined road.
  • the driver's safety confirmation operation is evaluated based on the switched evaluation condition. For example, at the intersection of a wide road and the intersection of a narrow road, the safety check operation required when turning the intersection is not necessarily the same. Therefore, by using the evaluation condition according to the type of the road, the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be performed more accurately.
  • the vehicle speed acquisition unit The speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle by a predetermined time, or the speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time by a predetermined distance
  • the speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle by a predetermined time, or at the point at a predetermined distance before the point at the intersection passing time
  • the type of the road can be easily determined without using map information or the like.
  • the road type determination unit is a main road or a living road as the type of the road It is characterized in that
  • the road type determination unit determines whether the type of the road is a trunk road or a living road, according to the trunk road or the living road
  • the driver's safety check operation can be more accurately evaluated under the set evaluation conditions.
  • any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (2) to (6) is:
  • the evaluation unit An angle change calculation unit that calculates an angle change amount of the vehicle after the entry time; Safety of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angle and swing time acquired while the angle change amount of the vehicle calculated by the angle change calculation unit reaches a predetermined value
  • a fourth evaluation unit that evaluates the confirmation operation.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation device (10) the course change at the intersection based on the left and right swing angle and swing time acquired before the angle change amount of the vehicle reaches a predetermined value The safety check action of the direction is evaluated. Therefore, the situation where the vehicle turns right or left at the intersection and the safety confirmation operation of the driver can be corresponded more accurately, and the safety confirmation in the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection Motion can be evaluated more accurately.
  • An on-vehicle apparatus is an on-vehicle apparatus mounted on a vehicle, A camera unit for capturing an image of a driver of the vehicle; An image information detection unit that detects information on at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the line of sight of the driver from the image captured by the camera unit; An image information storage unit for storing the information detected by the image information detection unit; A vehicle behavior detection unit that detects the behavior of the vehicle; A vehicle behavior storage unit for storing the vehicle behavior detected by the vehicle behavior detection unit; An output unit that outputs the information stored in the image information storage unit and the vehicle behavior stored in the vehicle behavior storage unit to a safety confirmation evaluation device that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver. It is characterized by
  • the information and the vehicle behavior can be output to the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus, and the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus can perform the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver.
  • the processing load of the in-vehicle apparatus can be reduced.
  • a safety confirmation and evaluation system is characterized by including any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (1) to (10) and the on-vehicle device.
  • the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (1) to (10) and the in-vehicle devices are included.
  • the processing load on the in-vehicle apparatus can be reduced, and a system that can be introduced at low cost can be constructed.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation method is a safety confirmation evaluation method for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle, An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection; An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight; And performing an evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection is Accurate evaluation can be made based on information on the direction of the driver's face and / or the direction of the line of sight.
  • a safety confirmation evaluation program is a safety confirmation evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute processing for evaluating a safety confirmation operation of a driver of a vehicle, the at least one computer being An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection; An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
  • the program is characterized in that it is a program for performing an evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, so the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection is It is possible to realize the safety confirmation evaluation device capable of accurately evaluating based on the information of the direction of the driver's face and / or the direction of the line of sight.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation program may be a program stored in a storage medium or may be a program that can be transferred via a communication network.
  • a computer readable storage medium is a computer readable storage medium storing a safety verification evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute a process of evaluating the safety verification operation of the driver of the vehicle.
  • a safety verification evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute a process of evaluating the safety verification operation of the driver of the vehicle.
  • An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
  • An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
  • a program for executing the evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver is stored based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • the computer-readable storage medium by causing the at least one computer to read the program and executing the steps, the information is acquired based on the information acquired before and after the entry time. Since the driver's safety confirmation operation is evaluated, it is possible to accurately evaluate the driver's safety confirmation operation at the intersection based on at least one of the driver's face direction and / or gaze direction. Can be realized.
  • (A) to (c) are timing charts for explaining a method of evaluating the safety check operation performed by the server device according to the embodiment (1). It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the vehicle-mounted apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the vehicle-mounted apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the server apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation which the server apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an application example of the safety confirmation evaluation system according to the embodiment (1).
  • the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 is a system for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle 2 and acquired by the on-vehicle devices 10 mounted on at least one or more vehicles 2 and each on-vehicle devices 10 It is configured to include at least one or more server devices 40 that process data.
  • the server device 40 is an example of the “safety confirmation evaluation device” in the present invention.
  • the vehicle 2 in which the in-vehicle device 10 is mounted is not particularly limited.
  • a vehicle managed by a company operating various businesses may be targeted.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 and the server device 40 may be configured to be able to communicate via the communication network 3.
  • the communication network 3 may include a wireless communication network such as a mobile telephone network (3G / 4G) including a base station or a wireless LAN (Local Area Network), a wired communication network such as a public telephone network, the Internet, or a dedicated network. Etc. may be included.
  • a terminal device 80 (hereinafter, referred to as a provider terminal) of a provider who manages the vehicle 2 may be configured to be able to communicate with the server device 40 via the communication network 3.
  • the business operator terminal 80 may be a personal computer provided with a communication function, or may be a portable information terminal such as a mobile phone, a smartphone, or a tablet device.
  • the server device 40 performs a process of estimating the intersection approach time of the vehicle 2 (hereinafter, also referred to as an approach time). For example, the server device 40 may accumulate angular velocity data of the vehicle 2 acquired by the on-vehicle device 10, and estimate the entry time based on the accumulated angular velocity data of the vehicle 2.
  • the entry time is, in other words, the time when the vehicle 2 starts turning to the right (left turning start time), and is a boundary time for evaluating the driver's safety confirmation operation before and after entering the intersection. It also has a role as
  • an intersection is, for example, a branch point where two or more roads intersect with a road, and may include T-shaped roads and Y-shaped roads in addition to crossroads (four-fork roads). May include intersections of Also, there are no traffic lights or pedestrian crossings.
  • an intersection includes a point at which the vehicle 2 switches the traveling direction by turning right or left, and a path that leads to a road and a roadside facility (store, parking lot, etc.) in addition to the above intersection May also include an intersection point of the roadside facilities.
  • the passage leading to the roadside facility may include a sidewalk portion.
  • the server device 40 accumulates information of at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the line of sight of the driver of the vehicle 2 acquired by the on-vehicle device 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as direction information). A process is performed to evaluate the driver's safety check operation based on the direction information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. For example, the server device 40 performs processing of respectively evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at a predetermined time before the entry time and a predetermined time after the entry time, and stores these evaluation results.
  • processing of providing information such as the evaluation result of the safety check operation of the driver of the vehicle 2 to the business operator terminal 80 via the communication network 3 is performed.
  • intersection information such as a map database
  • the driver's safety check operation is evaluated based on the direction information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the estimated entry time. Therefore, it becomes possible to appropriately evaluate the safety confirmation behavior of the driver before and after entering the intersection from at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 used in the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1).
  • the on-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1) includes a camera unit 11, a control unit 20, and a storage unit 30.
  • the image of the driver is captured by the camera unit 11, and the captured image is analyzed by the control unit 20. For example, at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight is analyzed.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 may be equipped with an inertial sensor 12 for detecting an inertial force of the vehicle 2, a GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver 15 as a position detection unit, or a speaker 16 as an audio output unit.
  • a GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver 15 as a position detection unit
  • a speaker 16 as an audio output unit.
  • Communication unit 17 and external interface (external I / F) 18 may be equipped.
  • the inertial sensor 12 and the GPS receiver 15 are examples of the "vehicle behavior detection unit" in the present invention.
  • the camera unit 11 includes, for example, a lens unit (not shown), an imaging element unit, a light irradiation unit, an interface unit, a camera control unit that controls these units, and the like.
  • the imaging element unit includes, for example, an imaging element such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a filter, a microlens, and the like.
  • the imaging element unit may include an infrared sensor such as a CCD, a CMOS, or a photodiode capable of receiving a light in a visible region to form a captured image and forming ultraviolet light or infrared light to form a captured image.
  • the light irradiator includes a light emitting element such as an LED (Light Emitting Diode), and may use an infrared LED or the like so that the driver's condition can be imaged regardless of day or night.
  • the camera unit 11 may be a monocular camera or a stereo camera.
  • the camera control unit includes, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a memory, an image processing circuit, and the like.
  • the camera control unit controls the imaging device unit and the light emitting unit to emit light (for example, near infrared rays) from the light emitting unit, and controls the imaging device unit to capture the reflected light I do.
  • the camera unit 11 captures an image at a predetermined frame rate (for example, 30 to 60 frames per second), and data of the image captured by the camera unit 11 is output to the control unit 20.
  • the inertial sensor 12 includes an angular velocity sensor 13 that detects the angular velocity of the vehicle 2.
  • the angular velocity sensor 13 can detect at least an angular velocity corresponding to rotation around the vertical axis (yaw direction), that is, a sensor capable of detecting angular velocity data corresponding to rotation (turning) of the vehicle 2 in the left and right direction. (Also referred to as a yaw rate sensor) can be used.
  • the angular velocity sensor 13 is a two-axis gyro sensor that detects an angular velocity around a horizontal axis (pitch direction) in the horizontal direction as well as a single-axis gyro sensor around a vertical axis.
  • a three-axis gyro sensor that also detects the angular velocity of As these gyro sensors, optical or mechanical gyro sensors may be used in addition to vibration gyro sensors.
  • the detection direction of the angular velocity around the vertical axis of the angular velocity sensor 13 may be set, for example, clockwise as positive and counterclockwise as negative. In this case, when the vehicle 2 turns rightward, positive angular velocity data is detected, and when the vehicle 2 turns leftward, negative angular velocity data is detected.
  • the angular velocity sensor 13 detects an angular velocity at a predetermined cycle (for example, a cycle of 33 ms), and the detected angular velocity data is stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 of the storage unit 30 in association with the detection time.
  • the inertial sensor 12 may be configured to include the acceleration sensor 14 that detects the acceleration of the vehicle 2, or the angular velocity sensor 13 and the acceleration sensor 14 may be mounted in one package.
  • the acceleration sensor 14 a three-axis acceleration sensor that detects acceleration in three directions of the XYZ axes may be used, or a two-axis or one-axis acceleration sensor may be used.
  • a semiconductor resistance acceleration sensor such as a piezoresistive type may be used.
  • the acceleration data detected by the acceleration sensor 14 may be stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 in association with the detection time.
  • the GPS receiver 15 receives GPS signals from artificial satellites at predetermined intervals via the antenna 15a, and detects position data (latitude, longitude) of the current location.
  • the position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 is stored in the position data storage unit 33 of the storage unit 30 in association with the position detection time.
  • the device for detecting the position of the vehicle 2 of the vehicle 2 is not limited to the GPS receiver 15.
  • it may be a positioning device compatible with GPS, other satellite positioning systems such as Japanese Quasi-Zenith Satellite, Glonass of Russia (GLONASS), Galileo of Europe, and Compass of China.
  • the communication unit 17 is an example of the “output unit” in the present invention, and includes a communication module for outputting data to the server device 40 through the communication network 3.
  • the external I / F 18 is configured to include, for example, an interface circuit and a connection connector for exchanging data and signals with an on-vehicle device (not shown) such as a camera outside the vehicle for imaging the outside of the vehicle.
  • the control unit 20 may include the image information detection unit 21 and may further include the time t0 detection unit 22, the vehicle speed calculation unit 23, and the time t0 cancellation unit 24.
  • the control unit 20 includes, for example, one or more hardware processors such as a CPU.
  • the control unit 20 performs a process of storing various data acquired by the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in the storage unit 30. Further, the control unit 20 reads various data and programs stored in the storage unit 30 and executes the program to obtain the image information detection unit 21, the time t 0 detection unit 22, the vehicle speed calculation unit 23, and the time t 0. The operation of the cancellation unit 24 is realized.
  • the image information detection unit 21 performs a process of detecting at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight (direction information) from the image captured by the camera unit 11 or the like.
  • the image information detection unit 21 may be configured to include, for example, an image processing processor and the like.
  • the orientation information and the like detected by the image information detection unit 21 are stored in the image information storage unit 31.
  • the image information storage unit 31 may store an image captured by the camera unit 11, an imaging time thereof, and the like in association with the direction information.
  • the direction of the driver's face is, for example, a pitch angle that is an angle (up and down direction) around the driver's face X axis (right and left axis) and an angle (right and left around the face Y axis (upper and lower axis) (Yaw) angle, which is the orientation of), and a Roll angle, which is the angle (right and left inclination) around the Z axis (front and rear axis) of the face, including at least the pitch angle indicating the left and right orientation.
  • these angles can be indicated by angles with respect to a predetermined reference direction, and for example, the reference direction may be set in the front direction of the driver.
  • the direction of the driver's line of sight is, for example, a line-of-sight vector on a three-dimensional coordinate estimated from the relationship between the direction of the driver's face and the information of the eye area (eg, positions of eyes, corners and pupils) It can be indicated by V (three-dimensional vector) or the like.
  • the line-of-sight vector V is, for example, a pitch angle that is an angle (vertical direction) around the X axis (horizontal axis) of the driver's face, a yaw that is an angle (horizontal direction) around the face Y axis (vertical axis)
  • the information may be estimated from at least one of a corner and a roll angle which is an angle (right and left inclination) about the Z axis (front and rear axis) of the face and the information of the eye area.
  • the line-of-sight vector V indicates a part of the value of the three-dimensional vector in common with the value of the vector of the face direction (for example, common to the origin of the three-dimensional coordinates) It may be indicated by the relative angle (relative value of vector of face orientation).
  • the time t0 detection unit 22 performs a process of detecting a time t0 at which the angular velocity data detected by the angular velocity sensor 13 exceeds a predetermined angular velocity threshold value ⁇ th.
  • the vehicle speed calculation unit 23 performs processing of calculating the speed of the vehicle 2 using position (longitude, latitude) data detected by the GPS receiver 15.
  • the time t0 cancellation unit 24 cancels the time t0 when the vehicle speed of the vehicle 2 at the time t0 detected by the time t0 detection unit 22 is equal to or higher than a predetermined speed.
  • time t0 detected by time t0 detection unit 22 has not passed a predetermined time or more from time t0 'detected last time, in other words, if the detection interval at time t0 is less than a predetermined time, this time A process of canceling time t0 of may be performed.
  • the storage unit 30 includes an image information storage unit 31, an inertia data storage unit 32, a position data storage unit 33, and a program storage unit 34.
  • the inertia data storage unit 32 and the position data storage unit 33 are examples of the “vehicle behavior storage unit” in the present invention.
  • the storage unit 30 includes, for example, one or more storage devices such as a random access memory (RAM), a read only memory (ROM), a flash memory, a solid state drive (SSD), and a hard disk drive (HDD).
  • the storage unit 30 may include a removable storage device such as a memory card.
  • the control unit 20 may be configured to include a RAM and a ROM.
  • the image information storage unit 31 stores information including at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction detected by image analysis or the like by the image information detection unit 21 of the control unit 20.
  • the inertial data storage unit 32 stores angular velocity data and the like detected by the angular velocity sensor 13.
  • the position data storage unit 33 stores position (longitude, latitude) data detected by the GPS receiver 15.
  • the program storage unit 34 stores various programs to be executed by the control unit 20.
  • the in-vehicle apparatus 10 can be configured in a compact configuration in which the above-described units are accommodated in one case.
  • the in-vehicle installation location of the in-vehicle device 10 in that case is not particularly limited as long as the camera unit 11 can capture a field of view including at least the face of the driver.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 may be installed, for example, in the steering wheel column, in the vicinity of a meter panel, in the vicinity of a rearview mirror, or in the A-pillar portion, in addition to the center of the dashboard of the vehicle 2.
  • the information including the specifications (for example, angle of view, number of pixels (vertical x horizontal), etc.) and position and orientation (for example, mounting angle, distance from a predetermined origin (such as handle center position), etc.) It may be stored in the unit 11 or the storage unit 30. Further, the camera unit 11 may be externally attached to the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in addition to the embodiment integrally formed with the in-vehicle apparatus 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the server device 40 used in the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1).
  • the server device 40 according to the embodiment includes, for example, a communication unit 41, a control unit 50, and a storage unit 70.
  • the communication unit 41 is a device that performs communication control for transmitting and receiving various data and signals to and from external devices such as the in-vehicle device 10 and the business operator terminal 80 via the communication network 3. It is configured.
  • the control unit 50 includes an intersection estimation unit 51, an information acquisition unit 56, and a safety check evaluation unit 57.
  • the control unit 50 includes, for example, one or more hardware processors such as a CPU.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 is an example of the “evaluation unit” in the present invention.
  • the storage unit 70 includes an image information storage unit 73, an evaluation information storage unit 74, and a program storage unit 75, and may further include an inertial data storage unit 71 and a position data storage unit 72.
  • the storage unit 70 is configured of, for example, one or more mass storage devices such as HDDs and SSDs.
  • the inertial data storage unit 71 stores angular velocity data (including data at time t0) acquired from the in-vehicle device 10, and the like.
  • the position data storage unit 72 stores position data (longitude, latitude) and the like detected by the GPS receiver 15 acquired from the in-vehicle device 10.
  • the image information storage unit 73 stores image information including the direction information acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10.
  • the evaluation information storage unit 74 stores information such as the evaluation result of the driver's safety check operation at each intersection.
  • the program storage unit 75 also stores various programs to be executed by the control unit 50.
  • the control unit 50 performs processing of storing various data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in the storage unit 70. Further, the control unit 50 reads out various data and programs stored in the storage unit 70 and executes the program to realize the operations of the intersection estimation unit 51, the safety check evaluation unit 57, and the like.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the intersection estimation unit 51 provided in the server device 40.
  • the intersection estimation unit 51 may include the integral value calculation unit 52 and the time t5 detection unit 53, and may further include the time t5 detection stop unit 54 and the direction estimation unit 55.
  • the intersection estimation unit 51 performs processing of estimating the time of entry of the vehicle 2 into the intersection based on the angular velocity data of the vehicle 2 stored in the inertia data storage unit 71 of the storage unit 70.
  • the integral value calculator 52 calculates an integral value of angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0 indicating a crossing intersection time.
  • the time t5 detection unit 53 detects a time t5 at which the integral value calculated by the integral value calculation unit 52 has reached a predetermined integration ratio, and performs a process of estimating the time t5 as an entry time to an intersection.
  • the time t5 detection stop unit 54 performs processing to stop the detection of the entry time t5 by the time t5 detection unit 53 when the integral value calculated by the integral value calculation unit 52 is not within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle. .
  • the direction estimating unit 55 estimates the turning direction of the vehicle 2 based on the positive and negative of the integrated value calculated by the integrated value calculating unit 52.
  • the integral value when the integral value is positive, it is estimated to be right turn, and when the integral value is negative, it is estimated to be left turn.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 provided in the server device 40.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 performs processing for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 includes a first detection unit 58, a first evaluation unit 59, a second evaluation unit 60, a third evaluation unit 61, and an evaluation point calculation unit 62, and further, a second detection unit 63.
  • the evaluation target exclusion unit 64 may be configured.
  • the first detection unit 58 swings at least one of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight direction within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. Detect angle and swing time. For example, the first detection unit 58 detects a change with time of the direction information acquired within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5.
  • the first evaluation unit 59 performs processing for evaluating the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time t5. For example, the first evaluation unit 59 determines whether the safety confirmation in the right direction and the safety confirmation in the left direction have been performed at a predetermined time before the entry time t5.
  • the order of detection in each of the left and right directions is not limited.
  • the safety confirmation in the right direction it is determined whether the evaluation angle in the [evaluation item 1] right direction is equal to or more than a predetermined angle, and the condition in which the predetermined angle is equal to or more continues for a predetermined time or more. Determine if it is.
  • the safety check in the left direction it is determined whether the swing angle in the left direction is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle, and that a state in which the tilt angle is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle is a predetermined time It is determined whether the above continues.
  • the second evaluation unit 60 evaluates the course change direction at the intersection, for example, the safety check operation at the right turn or the left turn based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time t5. Do the processing. For example, the second evaluation unit 60 determines whether safety confirmation in the course change direction has been performed at a predetermined time after the entry time t5.
  • the third evaluation unit 61 performs a process of evaluating the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. For example, the third evaluation unit 61 determines the presence or absence of deceleration awareness by determining whether the maximum value of the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after [evaluation item 7] entry time t5 is equal to or lower than a predetermined upper limit speed. evaluate.
  • the evaluation point calculation unit 62 performs processing of calculating an evaluation point for each intersection based on the evaluation of the first evaluation unit 59, the second evaluation unit 60, and the third evaluation unit 61. For example, the evaluation point calculation unit 62 calculates the evaluation point of the intersection by totaling the evaluation points determined in each of the evaluation items 1 to 7 described above, and stores the calculated evaluation points in the evaluation information storage of the storage unit 70. The processing to be stored in the unit 74 is performed.
  • the second detection unit 63 is configured based on the direction information stored in the image information storage unit 73 to display at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. Swing angle and swing time are detected. For example, the second detection unit 63 detects a change with time of the direction information acquired within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5.
  • the evaluation target exclusion unit 64 determines, based on the detection results of the first detection unit 58 and the second detection unit 63, at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the sight line at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5.
  • the upper and lower swing angles equal to or larger than a predetermined value are detected together with the left and right swing angles, processing for excluding the direction information when the upper and lower swing angles are detected from the evaluation object of the safety check operation is performed.
  • For the upper and lower swing angles above the predetermined value it is possible to set an angle that can be determined to be looking aside in the vertical direction.
  • a configuration capable of providing a cloud service including a Web server operating as a presentation layer, an application server operating as an application layer, and a database server operating as a database layer is applied.
  • the configuration of the server for providing the cloud service is not limited to the three-layer structure described above.
  • the Web server operates as the communication unit 41.
  • the Web server processes an HTTP request requested from the browser of the business operator terminal 80, and instructs the application server to perform the corresponding processing, or the application server And the processing result is presented to the business entity terminal 80 through the browser.
  • the application server operates as a control unit 50. For example, in response to a request from the web server, the application server accesses the database server to search for data necessary for processing and extract data, and estimate an intersection The processing of the part 51, the safety confirmation evaluation part 57, etc. is performed.
  • the database server operates as the storage unit 70.
  • the database server manages various data including inertia data, image information, and evaluation information acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10, and data is responded to the request from the application server. Search, extract, save, etc.
  • FIG. 6 is a timing chart for explaining a method of estimating the intersection approach time when the vehicle 2 turns left or right at the intersection in the safety check evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1). An example of change over time is shown.
  • Time t0 indicates the time when the vehicle passes through the intersection estimated from angular velocity ( ⁇ ) data of the vehicle 2.
  • Time t5 indicates an intersection approach time estimated from angular velocity data.
  • a time t0 indicates a time when the absolute value of the angular velocity of the vehicle 2 becomes equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th from the state where the absolute value is less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L.
  • the predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th is set to a value larger than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L.
  • the angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L can be set, for example, to any value of 5 dps to 15 dps, and the angular velocity threshold value ⁇ th can be set to, for example, any value from 15 dps to 50 dps.
  • the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L may be set to, for example, an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is traveling meandering in the traveling lane (the same lane). Further, the predetermined angular velocity threshold value ⁇ th may be set, for example, to an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is turning at an intersection (during turning to the left or right).
  • the time t0 may be detected by the on-vehicle device 10 or may be detected by the server device 40.
  • the vehicle speed at time t0 is calculated, for example, from the movement distance (change in latitude and longitude) of the detection cycle of the position data, based on the position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 of the on-vehicle apparatus 10.
  • the detection cycle of the angular velocity by the angular velocity sensor 13 is shorter than the detection cycle of the position data by the GPS receiver 15. Therefore, in order to reduce the error of the position data at time t0, it is preferable to set the vehicle speed calculated from the position data detected immediately before time t0 as the vehicle speed at time t0.
  • the direction of the angular velocity changes (changes from positive to negative or from negative to positive) within a predetermined time after the angular velocity data becomes equal to or higher than the angular velocity threshold ⁇ th, for example, within a short time of about 1 to 3 seconds For example, it may be considered that the lane has been changed due to a sudden steering operation and the time t0 may be canceled.
  • the intersection may be considered not to be turning to the left and right, and time t0 may be cancelled.
  • the predetermined threshold time Th for example, it is possible to set a time that can be estimated that the vehicle is traveling on a road on which a curve is continuous, for example, a time of about 10 to 20 seconds.
  • the estimation method of the time t5 which is the intersection approach time first sets angular velocity data before and after the time t0 for a predetermined time ( ⁇ n seconds) in an analysis data range for estimating the intersection approach time. That is, time t0 is the central point of the analysis data range.
  • the ⁇ n seconds can be set to any of ⁇ 10 to 20 seconds, for example.
  • the integral value ⁇ of angular velocity data in the analysis data range is calculated.
  • the integral value ⁇ indicates the angle at which the vehicle 2 turns (turns to the left).
  • only angular velocity data in which the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L may be calculated.
  • an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is traveling meandering in a traveling lane (the same lane) can be set as the lower limit angular velocity value ⁇ L.
  • the time at which the integral value ⁇ of angular velocity data has reached a predetermined integral ratio ⁇ r is detected as time t5, that is, the intersection approach time.
  • the integral ratio ⁇ r can be set, for example, to any ratio x% of 10% or less of the integral value ⁇ of angular velocity data.
  • the set value of the integral ratio ⁇ r may be changed according to the value of the integral value ⁇ , or the set value of the integral ratio ⁇ r may be changed according to the change of the angular velocity at time t0-n seconds. Good. For example, when angular velocity data smaller than the angular velocity lower limit ⁇ L and smaller than the angular velocity threshold ⁇ th is detected during time t0-n seconds, the integration ratio ⁇ r may be changed to a value higher than the set value.
  • the absolute value of the integral value ⁇ of the angular velocity data indicates an angle. If the absolute value of the integral value ⁇ is not within the predetermined road intersection angle range, it may be regarded as not an intersection and the time t5 may be cancelled. For example, a range from the intersection angle lower limit value to the intersection angle upper limit value (for example, 40 degrees to 120 degrees) may be set in the range of the predetermined road intersection angle.
  • the integrated value ⁇ of angular velocity data in the analysis data range is a positive value, it can be determined that the vehicle is turned to the right, and if it is a negative value, the vehicle can be determined to be a left. Then, after the entry time t5 to the intersection is detected, the driver's safety confirmation operation in a predetermined time before the time t5 and in a predetermined time after the time t5 is evaluated. .
  • FIG. 7 is a timing chart for explaining the evaluation method of the safety check operation performed by the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1).
  • FIG. 7A shows an example of the temporal change of the angular velocity ⁇ of the vehicle 2 and an example of the temporal change of the swing angle ⁇ yaw in the left or right (yaw) direction of at least one of the driver's face direction and gaze direction.
  • FIG. 7 (b) shows another example of the temporal change of the swing angle ⁇ yaw in the left and right (yaw) direction
  • FIG. 7 (c) shows the swing angle ⁇ yaw in the left and right (yaw) direction and the swing in the vertical (pitch) direction.
  • the further another example of the time-dependent change of angle (theta) pitch is shown.
  • direction information of a predetermined time ( ⁇ m seconds) before and after the entry time t5 to the intersection is set in the evaluation range.
  • the ⁇ m seconds can be set to any of ⁇ 10 to 20 seconds, for example.
  • the direction information of the predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 is read out, and the temporal change of the direction information is detected. For example, the temporal change of the left and right swing angle which is continuous in time is detected.
  • the positive angle on the vertical axis indicates the swing angle in the direction (the course change direction) at which the traveling direction is switched at the intersection
  • the negative angle indicates the swing angle in the direction opposite to the switching direction. It is assumed that For example, when making a right turn at an intersection, a positive angle indicates a swing angle in the right direction, and a negative angle indicates a swing angle in the left direction.
  • the determination of the swing angle for example, it may be determined that at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight satisfies the determination condition.
  • processing is performed to evaluate the safety check operation on the left and right based on the swing angle and swing time on the left and right in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m second) before the entry time t5.
  • a predetermined time for example, t5-m second
  • a time during which the positive swing angle indicating the course change direction is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle ⁇ p is detected in t5-m seconds [evaluation item 1]. For example, any value of 30 degrees to 40 degrees may be set as the predetermined angle ⁇ p. As a result, time x1 from time ta to time tb is detected, and time x1 becomes the swing time. Further, it is determined whether the time x1 is equal to or more than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) [evaluation item 2].
  • a predetermined time for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds
  • a time during which a negative swing angle indicating a direction opposite to the direction of course change is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle ⁇ m is detected [Evaluation Item 3]. For example, any value of 30 degrees to 40 degrees may be set as the predetermined angle ⁇ m.
  • time x2 from time tc to time td is detected, and time x2 becomes the swing time. Further, it is determined whether the time x2 is equal to or more than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) [evaluation item 4].
  • processing is performed to evaluate the safety check operation in the direction to switch the traveling direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time in a predetermined time (for example, t5 + m seconds) after the entry time t5.
  • a predetermined time for example, t5 + m seconds
  • a time during which the positive swing angle indicating the course change direction is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle ⁇ p is detected in t5 + m seconds [evaluation item 5].
  • time x3 from time te to time tf is detected, and time x3 becomes the swing time.
  • the speed of the vehicle 2 is calculated based on, for example, the position data of the vehicle 2 acquired from the in-vehicle device 10. Then, it is determined whether the speed (for example, the maximum value) of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is equal to or less than a predetermined upper limit speed (for example, any speed of 15 to 30 km / h) [evaluation item 7].
  • a predetermined upper limit speed for example, any speed of 15 to 30 km / h
  • the evaluation points for each intersection are calculated. For example, if the condition of each item of the evaluation items 1 to 7 described above is satisfied, an evaluation point (1 point) is given for each item, and the total value of the evaluation points of the 7 items given is the evaluation point of the intersection. Calculation processing is performed to store the calculated evaluation points in the evaluation information storage unit 74.
  • FIG. 7A shows an example when the intersection is turned to the right
  • the right direction the situation of a car, a pedestrian, etc. in the right turn direction
  • the left direction the situation of the car in the opposite lane
  • the right turn direction the situation such as the car or pedestrian in the right turn direction
  • the order of the safety check operation on either side in predetermined time before approach time t5 does not matter.
  • the left direction (the situation of the car in the opposite lane) is checked at time x4 from time tg to time th before entry time t5, and time from time ti to time t5 Even when the right turn direction is confirmed at time x6 from time t5 after time t5 to time tj while confirming the right direction (the situation such as a car or a pedestrian turning right) at x5, before the time t5 It is evaluated that right and left safety check operation was performed.
  • the swing angle ⁇ pitch in the vertical (pitch) direction equal to or larger than the predetermined threshold ⁇ th is detected together with the swing angle ⁇ yaw in the horizontal (yaw) direction.
  • the left and right swing angles at time x7 from time tk to time tm may be excluded from the evaluation target of the safety check operation.
  • the swing angle in the pitch direction equal to or more than the predetermined threshold value ⁇ th is detected, it is not a safety check but the possibility of looking away is high.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 20 of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1).
  • the present processing operation is performed, for example, at a timing at which the angular velocity sensor 13 detects an angular velocity (for example, a predetermined cycle such as 33 ms).
  • the control unit 20 acquires angular velocity data detected by the angular velocity sensor 13.
  • the control unit 20 determines whether or not the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or greater than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th. That is, it is determined whether or not the angular velocity threshold value ⁇ th is equal to or greater than the predetermined angular velocity threshold value ⁇ th for the first time from the state of being less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L.
  • step S2 if the control unit 20 determines that the absolute value of the angular velocity is less than the predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th, the process proceeds to step S10, and in step S10, the acquired angular velocity data is associated with its detection time to perform inertia. A process of storing the data in the data storage unit 32 is performed, and thereafter, the process proceeds to step S11.
  • step S2 determines in step S2 that the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or greater than the predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th
  • the process proceeds to step S3.
  • step S3 the control unit 20 detects time t0 (intersection passing time) when the absolute value of the angular velocity becomes equal to or greater than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th, sets the intersection passing flag F to 1, and proceeds to step S4.
  • control unit 20 detects the speed (vehicle speed) of vehicle 2 at time t0.
  • the vehicle speed is calculated based on, for example, position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 immediately before time t0.
  • the control unit 20 determines whether the vehicle speed at time t0 is equal to or less than a predetermined intersection upper limit speed.
  • a predetermined intersection upper limit speed for example, it is possible to set a low speed value preferable for confirming safety in the intersection.
  • step S5 if the control unit 20 determines that the vehicle speed at time t0 is equal to or lower than a predetermined intersection upper limit speed, the process proceeds to step S6.
  • step S6 the control unit 20 reads the previous intersection passage time (time t0 ') from the inertia data storage unit 32, and in the next step S7, from the previous time t0' to the present time t0. It is determined whether or not the interval (time) of has exceeded a predetermined time.
  • the predetermined time it is possible to estimate that the vehicle travels on a road on which the angular velocity of the vehicle 2 changes in a short time, for example, a road on which curves such as winding road are continuous (for example, a value of about 10 to 20 seconds) ) Can be set.
  • step S7 if the control unit 20 determines that the interval from the previous time t0 'to the current time t0 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S8.
  • step S5 if the control unit 20 determines that the vehicle speed at time t0 is higher than the predetermined intersection upper limit speed, that is, it travels a curved road (curved road) instead of the intersection. move on.
  • step S7 the control unit 20 determines that the interval from the previous time t0 'to the current time t0 is less than a predetermined time, for example, the vehicle travels on a road where the angular velocity changes in a short time. For example, it progresses to step S9.
  • step S9 the control unit 20 cancels the intersection passage time (time t0) detected in step S3.
  • the intersection passage flag F is set to 0, and then the process proceeds to step S10.
  • step S10 the control unit 20 associates the angular velocity data acquired in step S1 with the detection time and stores the data in the inertia data storage unit 32, and the process proceeds to step S11.
  • step S11 it is determined whether or not it is time to transmit the angular velocity data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 to the server device 40, for example, a predetermined time (for example, 1 minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S12.
  • a predetermined time for example, 1 minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S12.
  • step S12 the control unit 20 transmits the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 (angular velocity data for a predetermined time, data such as detection time, intersection passage time t0, intersection passage flag F, etc.) to the server device 40. Perform the process and then finish the process.
  • step S12 the position data stored in the position data storage unit 33 may be transmitted to the server device 40 together with the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32.
  • the server device 40 receives the data transmitted from the on-vehicle device 10, performs processing of storing the data in the inertial data storage unit 71, and stores the position data of the storage unit 70 when the position data is received. A process of storing in the unit 72 is performed.
  • steps S1 to S12 the processes of steps S4 and S5 may be omitted, or the processes of steps S6 and S7 may be omitted, or steps S4 to S7 and The process in step S9 may be omitted.
  • the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 In addition to the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32, the data stored in the position data storage unit 33 and the data stored in the image information storage unit 31 in the data transmission process to the server device 40 in step S12. May be sent.
  • steps S11 and S12 are omitted, and the data stored in the inertial data storage unit 32 in steps S8 and S10 is stored in a removable storage device such as a memory card, and after traveling, the data is stored in the memory card.
  • the stored data may be read by the provider terminal 80 and transmitted from the provider terminal 80 to the server device 40.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 20 of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1). This processing operation is performed, for example, at the timing when an image is captured by the camera unit 11 (for example, every frame or every frame at a predetermined interval).
  • step S21 the control unit 20 acquires an image captured by the camera unit 11, and in the next step S22, processing for detecting a driver's face (for example, a face area) from the acquired image is performed. Then, the process proceeds to step S23.
  • a driver's face for example, a face area
  • the method of detecting the face from the image is not particularly limited, it is preferable to adopt the method of detecting the face at high speed and with high accuracy.
  • step S23 the control unit 20 performs processing for detecting the position and shape of face organs such as eyes, nose, mouth, and eyebrows from the area of the face detected in step S22.
  • a method for detecting a face organ from a face area in an image is not particularly limited, it is preferable to adopt a method capable of detecting a face organ at high speed and with high accuracy.
  • a method may be employed in which the control unit 20 creates a three-dimensional face shape model, fits this to the area of the face on the two-dimensional image, and detects the position and the shape of each organ of the face. According to this method, it is possible to accurately detect the position and shape of each organ of the face regardless of the installation position of the camera unit 11 or the orientation of the face in the image.
  • a technique for fitting a three-dimensional face shape model to the face of a person in an image for example, the technique described in JP-A-2007-249280 can be applied, but it is not limited thereto.
  • the control unit 20 detects the direction of the driver's face based on the data of the position and shape of each organ of the face obtained in step S23. For example, the pitch angle of vertical rotation (around X axis), yaw angle of horizontal rotation (around Y axis), and roll angle of total rotation (around Z axis) included in the parameters of the three-dimensional face shape model It may be detected as information on the direction of the driver's face.
  • step S25 the control unit 20 determines the direction of the driver's face determined in step S24, and the position and shape of the driver's face organ determined in step S23, in particular the eye feature points (eye corners, eyes, pupil) The direction of the line of sight is detected based on the position and shape, and then the process proceeds to step S26.
  • the direction of the line of sight is, for example, the direction of the face and the feature quantities of the eye image in the direction of the line of sight (eye corner, eye corner, relative position of pupil, or relative position between white eye and black eye, etc.)
  • Learning may be performed using a learning device, and detection may be performed by evaluating the degree of similarity with the learned feature data.
  • the size of the eye and the center position are estimated from the size and direction of the face and the position of the eye, and the position of the pupil (black eye) is detected.
  • a vector connecting the center of the image and the center of the pupil may be detected as the gaze direction.
  • step S26 the control unit 20 associates the direction of the driver's face detected in step S24, the direction of the driver's line of sight detected in step S25 (direction information) with the image and the imaging time,
  • the image information is stored in the image information storage unit 31 as image information, and then the process proceeds to step S27.
  • step S27 the control unit 20 determines whether it is time to transmit the image information stored in the image information storage unit 31 to the server device 40, for example, a predetermined time (for example, one minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S28.
  • a predetermined time for example, one minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S28.
  • step S28 the process of transmitting the image information (the direction information of the predetermined time, the image thereof, and information such as the imaging time) stored in the image information storage unit 31 is performed to the server device 40, and the process ends.
  • the server device 40 acquires the image information transmitted from the in-vehicle device 10 in step S29, and stores the image information in the image information storage unit 73 in step S30.
  • step S24 may be omitted, or the process of step S25 may be omitted.
  • steps S27 and S28 are omitted, and the image information stored in the image information storage unit 31 in step S26 is stored in a removable storage device such as a memory card, and after traveling, stored in the memory card
  • the provider information may be read by the provider terminal 80 and transmitted from the provider terminal 80 to the server device 40.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 50 in the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1).
  • This processing operation may be performed, for example, at the timing when data is received from the in-vehicle device 10 (for example, a cycle of about 1 to 5 minutes), or may be performed every predetermined time determined on the server device 40 side. It may be executed when there is a request from the business operator terminal 80.
  • a predetermined time for example, time t0 ⁇ n seconds
  • step S33 the control unit 50 performs processing of integrating angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0.
  • angular velocity data may be integrated in which the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L.
  • ⁇ L angular velocity lower limit value
  • an angular velocity detected when the vehicle 2 travels meandering in a traveling lane (the same lane) may be set as the predetermined lower limit angular velocity value ⁇ L.
  • step S34 the control unit 50 determines whether the absolute value (angle) of the integral value ⁇ of the angular velocity data calculated in step S33 is within the range of a predetermined road intersection angle.
  • a range from the intersection angle lower limit value to the intersection angle upper limit value may be set in the range of the predetermined road intersection angle.
  • step S34 when the control unit 50 determines that the absolute value of the integral value ⁇ of the angular velocity data is not within the predetermined road intersection angle range, the detection of the intersection approach time (time t5) is canceled and step S40. Go to The case of not being within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle is, for example, when traveling on a road with a gently curved or a sharp curve, or when the lane is changed to an adjacent lane.
  • step S34 if the control unit 50 determines that the absolute value of the integral value ⁇ of the angular velocity data is within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle, the process proceeds to step S35.
  • step S35 the control unit 50 detects time t5 at which the integrated value of the angular velocity data has reached a predetermined integration ratio ⁇ r.
  • step S36 the control unit 50 estimates time t5 detected in step S35 as the intersection approach time, and the process proceeds to step S37.
  • the predetermined integration ratio ⁇ r may be set to any ratio x% of 10% or less of the integration value ⁇ . For example, when the absolute value of the integral value ⁇ calculated in step S33, ie, the angle is 90 degrees, the angle is 90 ⁇ (x / 100) degrees with respect to the time t5 when the predetermined integration ratio ⁇ r reaches x%. This time is estimated as the time of approach to the intersection.
  • step S37 the control unit 50 determines the right / left turn direction (right turn or left turn) of the vehicle 2 based on the positive / negative of the integral value ⁇ calculated in step S33.
  • step S38 the control unit 50 associates the entry time (time t5) of the vehicle 2 with the turning direction and stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and the process proceeds to step S39.
  • step S39 the control unit 50 performs a process of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5, and then proceeds to step S40.
  • the contents of the process of step S39 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • step S40 the control unit 50 determines whether or not there is the next intersection passage time t0, and if it is determined that there is the next intersection passage time t0, the process returns to step S31 to extract all the intersection passage times t0. Repeat the process until is complete. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no next intersection passage time t0, that is, it is determined from the accumulated data that all the intersection passage time t0 has been extracted, the process is ended thereafter.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the evaluation processing operation of the safety confirmation operation performed by the control unit 50 in the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1).
  • the evaluation point (total value) K at the intersection is cleared prior to this evaluation processing operation.
  • step S41 the control unit 50 reads out the entry time t5 and the turning direction from the evaluation information storage unit 74, and in the next step S42, a predetermined time ( ⁇ m seconds) before and after the entry time t5 from the image information storage unit 73. And the process proceeds to step S43.
  • the control unit 50 detects a change with time of the direction information read at step S42. For example, based on the direction information, the temporal change of the temporally successive swing angles is detected. At this time, the swing angle in the course change direction may be set to be positive. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S44.
  • control unit 50 determines whether or not time x1 in which the positive swing angle is equal to or greater than predetermined angle ⁇ p is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m seconds) prior to entry time t5. Do.
  • the predetermined angle ⁇ p is set to an angle at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed.
  • step S44 if it is determined that the time x1 is detected, the process proceeds to step S45, and in step S45, the pitch angle indicating the face direction or the line of sight direction at time x1 is a predetermined value (threshold ⁇ th ) Is determined.
  • the predetermined value of the pitch angle is set to an angle that can be regarded as looking in the vertical direction.
  • step S45 If it is determined in step S45 that the pitch angle at time x1 is less than the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S46.
  • step S46 the control unit 50 adds 1 to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S47.
  • step S47 the control unit 50 determines whether the time x1 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S48, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S49.
  • a predetermined time for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds
  • step S44 determines whether the time x1 is not detected. If it is determined in step S44 that the time x1 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S49. If it is determined in step S45 that the pitch angle at time x1 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S49. If it is determined in step S47 that the time x1 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S49.
  • step S49 the control unit 50 determines whether or not a time x2 in which the negative swing angle is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle ⁇ m is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m seconds) before the entry time t5. Do.
  • the negative swing angle indicates a swing angle in the direction opposite to the course change direction.
  • step S49 if the control unit 50 determines that the time x2 is detected, the process proceeds to step S50, and whether the pitch angle indicating the face direction or the line of sight direction at the time x2 is less than a predetermined value judge.
  • step S50 if the control unit 50 determines that the pitch angle at time x2 is less than the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S51, where 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S52.
  • step S52 the control unit 50 determines whether or not the time x2 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S53, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S54.
  • a predetermined time for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds
  • step S49 if it is determined in step S49 that the time x2 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S54. If it is determined in step S50 that the pitch angle at time x2 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S54. If it is determined in step S52 that the time x2 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S54.
  • step S54 the control unit 50 determines whether or not the time x3 in which the positive swing angle is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle ⁇ p is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5 + m seconds) after the entry time t5.
  • a predetermined time for example, t5 + m seconds
  • step S54 if the control unit 50 determines that the time x3 is detected, the process proceeds to step S55.
  • step S55 the control unit 50 determines the face direction or the pitch angle indicating the direction of the line of sight at time x3. It is determined whether it is less than a predetermined value.
  • step S55 if the control unit 50 determines that the pitch angle at time x3 is less than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S56, where 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S57.
  • step S57 the control unit 50 determines whether the time x3 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S58, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S59.
  • a predetermined time for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds
  • step S54 determines whether the time x3 is not detected. If it is determined in step S54 that the time x3 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S59. If it is determined in step S55 that the pitch angle at time x3 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S59. If it is determined in step S57 that the time x3 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S59.
  • step S59 the control unit 50 reads the position data of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 from the position data storage unit 72, and uses the position data to determine a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 (for example, ⁇ m seconds) Calculate the vehicle speed of).
  • step S60 the control unit 50 determines whether the speed (for example, the maximum value) of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is less than or equal to a predetermined upper limit speed at which safe traveling in the intersection is possible. Do.
  • step S60 if the control unit 50 determines that the vehicle speed for a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is less than or equal to the predetermined upper limit speed, the process proceeds to step S61, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S62. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S60 that the vehicle speed for a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is greater than the predetermined upper limit speed, then the process proceeds to step S62.
  • step S62 the control unit 50 stores the added total evaluation points K (minimum 0 points, maximum 7 points) as the evaluation points K of the intersection in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and the process ends.
  • the evaluation information storage unit 74 the evaluation point K, the entry time t5 to the intersection, and the position coordinate data of the intersection may be stored in association with each other.
  • step S44 to step S48 and the process from step S49 to step S53 may be reversed. Also, the processes of steps S45, S50, and S55 may be omitted.
  • intersection information such as a map database
  • the driver's safety confirmation operation before and after entering the intersection can be estimated using the estimated time of entry t5 to the intersection, at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction. It can be evaluated appropriately based on the information.
  • time t0 at which the angular velocity data exceeds the predetermined angular velocity threshold ⁇ th is detected by the on-vehicle device 10, and the integral value ⁇ of angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0 is calculated by the server device 40. Since the time t5 at which the predetermined integration ratio ⁇ r is reached is estimated as the time of entry to the intersection, the time of arrival of the vehicle 2 at the intersection can be accurately estimated.
  • the first evaluation unit 59 can accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection.
  • the second evaluation unit 60 can accurately evaluate the safety confirmation operation with respect to the driver's course change direction after entering the intersection.
  • the driver's deceleration awareness is evaluated by the third evaluation unit 61 based on the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5
  • the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection is accurately evaluated.
  • the safety confirmation operation in the entire intersection can be evaluated more highly.
  • up and down swing angles equal to or greater than a predetermined value are detected along with the left and right swing angles of at least one of the driver's face direction and the gaze direction before and after the entry time t5.
  • the direction information when the upper and lower swing angles are detected is excluded from the evaluation target of the safety check operation. Therefore, the driver can exclude the case of looking aside such as the case of operating the smartphone and looking downward, from the evaluation object, and the accuracy of the evaluation can be enhanced.
  • the calculation of the integral value by the integral value calculation unit 52 does not include angular velocity data less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ⁇ L, for example, small angular velocity data to the extent that it is detected in meandering travel. By doing this, it is possible to more accurately calculate the integral value when the vehicle 2 turns left or right at the intersection.
  • the server device 40 when the angle indicated by the integral value ⁇ is not within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle, for example, turning of a curved road or lane change to an adjacent lane, etc. If not, it is possible to cancel the detection of the entry time t5 to the intersection, and it is possible to improve the detection accuracy of the intersection.
  • the server device 40 when the speed of the vehicle 2 at the time t0 detected by the time t0 detection unit 22 is equal to or higher than the predetermined speed, the time t0 is canceled. It can prevent that it is detected accidentally that it is a left-right turn.
  • the server device 40 when the time t0 has not passed a predetermined time or more from the previously detected time t0 ', the current time t0 is cancelled, so when traveling on a road where curves continue In addition, it is possible to prevent the traveling on a curved road from being erroneously detected as an approach to an intersection.
  • the processing load of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 is reduced by outputting the direction information and the vehicle behavior to the server apparatus 40 and causing the server apparatus 40 to evaluate the safety confirmation operation of the driver.
  • the configuration can be simplified, the vehicle 2 can be easily retrofitted, and the safety confirmation and evaluation system 1 can be introduced at low cost.
  • the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation system 1A according to the embodiment (2) is substantially the same as the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1) shown in FIG. 1 except for the server device 40A. Therefore, the same symbol is attached to the configuration having the same function, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the server device 40A transmits various data including the driver's state, the position of the vehicle 2, and the behavior of the vehicle 2 transmitted from each on-vehicle device 10
  • the accumulated and accumulated data are used to evaluate the safety confirmation operation of each driver at the intersection. For example, using the data acquired from each in-vehicle device 10, the server device 40A executes the evaluation processing of the safety confirmation operation at each intersection passed that day after the day-to-day driving of each vehicle 2 is completed.
  • the evaluation process of the safety confirmation operation at each intersection passed within the fixed period may be executed at fixed intervals.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration of the server device 40A used in the safety check evaluation system 1A according to the embodiment (2). However, components having the same functions as those of the server device 40 shown in FIG.
  • the server device 40A includes a communication unit 41, a control unit 50A, and a storage unit 70A.
  • the data acquired by the server device 40A from the in-vehicle device 10 includes data for a predetermined time before and after passing through the intersection. These data include, for example, identification information of each on-vehicle device 10, transmission date and time, face direction of driver (pitch, yaw, and roll), direction of sight line (pitch and yaw), acceleration of vehicle (back and forth, left and right And vertical), angular velocity (pitch and yaw), driver image, vehicle position data (longitude and latitude), and vehicle speed (vehicle speed).
  • the angular velocity data includes data acquired in a predetermined cycle (for example, every 66 milliseconds).
  • the angular velocity data is stored in the inertial data storage unit 71.
  • the position data includes data acquired in a predetermined cycle (for example, every one second), and the vehicle speed data includes, for example, vehicle speed data every second obtained using the position data.
  • the position data and the vehicle speed data are stored in the position data storage unit 72.
  • the server device 40A determines the type of road based on the vehicle speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection, and the safety confirmation is performed according to the determined type of road.
  • the evaluation condition of the movement is switched, and the driver's safety confirmation movement is evaluated based on the switched evaluation condition.
  • the control unit 50A includes a vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, a road type determination unit 66, and an evaluation condition switching unit 67, in addition to the intersection estimation unit 51, the information acquisition unit 56, and the safety check evaluation unit 57A.
  • the storage unit 70A includes an evaluation condition table storage unit 76 in addition to an inertial data storage unit 71, a position data storage unit 72, an image information storage unit 73, an evaluation information storage unit 74, and a program storage unit 75. .
  • the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65 of the control unit 50A executes processing for acquiring the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection.
  • the predetermined point before the intersection may be, for example, a point before the intersection passing time (t0) estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle for a predetermined time (tn seconds), or a predetermined distance from the intersection passing time (t0) (Xn) It may be a point in front.
  • the road type determination unit 66 executes a process of determining the type of road based on the speed of the vehicle acquired by the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65.
  • the road type determination unit 66 determines, for example, whether the road type is a main road or a living road.
  • main roads For the main roads, major roads such as general national roads, prefectural roads, and municipal roads are assumed. For example, roads used by people living in each area before leaving on a main road from a home or the like are assumed as living roads.
  • the type of road is not particularly limited as long as the type of road can be determined from the speed of the vehicle.
  • a wide road, a narrow road, a slow road, or a non-low road may be used, but it is preferable to set the road type in consideration of the difference in safety check operation at intersections. .
  • the evaluation condition switching unit 67 reads the evaluation condition table stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, and from this evaluation condition table, for example, the evaluation condition corresponding to the type of road determined by the road type determination unit 66 Execute processing to select and switch to the selected evaluation condition. Note that, from the evaluation condition table, the evaluation condition switching unit 67 selects the type of road determined by the road type determination unit 66 and the other items (for example, the direction bent at the intersection estimated by the direction estimation unit 55). A process of selecting the corresponding evaluation condition and switching to the selected evaluation condition may be executed.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57A executes a process of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at each intersection based on the evaluation condition of the evaluation condition table switched by the evaluation condition switching unit 67.
  • evaluation conditions may be set for each combination of the type of road and the direction of turning at an intersection, and these evaluation conditions may be tabulated and stored.
  • FIG. 13 is a data configuration diagram showing an example of the evaluation condition table 76 a stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76.
  • the evaluation condition table storage unit 76 at least one evaluation condition of the safety check operation to be performed by the driver at the intersection is set for each type of road, and these evaluation conditions are stored in a table.
  • the items of the evaluation condition table 76a illustrated in FIG. 13 include a pattern number, a road type, a turning direction, a first evaluation set, and a second evaluation set.
  • the first evaluation set and the second evaluation set include a confirmation operation to be performed by the driver and an evaluation timing (period for performing the evaluation) before and after entering the intersection.
  • the evaluation condition table shown in FIG. 13 is an example of a case where a vehicle such as Japan is passing on the left. In countries with cars on the left and vehicles with cars on the right, turning to the right and turning to the left are reversed. Moreover, it is preferable to set the contents of the evaluation condition table to contents adapted to traffic regulations by each country.
  • the type of road type is stored in advance in the item of type of road.
  • a living road and a main road are stored as the type of road, but the type of road is not limited to this.
  • the direction of turning at an intersection of each road type for example, a left turn or a right turn is stored.
  • the angle to be confirmed indicates, for example, the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight with respect to the front direction of the vehicle.
  • a start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) and an end time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) (note that m ⁇ > m ⁇ ) defined based on the entry time t5 are set as the evaluation timing of the first evaluation set. ing.
  • a start time (t5 ⁇ m ⁇ seconds) and an end time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) defined based on the entry time t5 are set.
  • pattern numbers that is, different times may be set for the type of road and the direction of turning, as m ⁇ seconds, m ⁇ seconds, m ⁇ seconds, and m ⁇ seconds.
  • m ⁇ seconds, m ⁇ seconds, m ⁇ seconds, and m ⁇ seconds may be set to any time of 0 to 20 seconds, respectively, but are not limited to these times.
  • the left evaluation is performed between the start time (t5-m1 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5-m2 seconds) as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set.
  • An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least a degree (e.g., 35 degrees) or more for t 1 seconds (e.g., one second) or more.
  • This evaluation is an evaluation of whether or not a pedestrian, a two-wheeler, or the like has been checked before entering an intersection.
  • an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least b degrees for at least 2 seconds between the start time (t5 to m1 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m2 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done.
  • This evaluation is an evaluation as to whether or not it is confirmed whether there is an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection or a pedestrian who is about to cross the intersection from the front of the vehicle.
  • the left confirmation between the start time (t5 to m3 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5 + m4 seconds) is c degrees (for example, 30 degrees) or more and t 3 seconds (for example, for example)
  • the item which evaluates whether it was carried out for 1 second or more is set.
  • This evaluation is an evaluation as to whether or not there is a pedestrian or the like who is about to cross an intersection, confirmation of roll-in, and safety in the forward direction (route switching direction) after a left turn.
  • No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76a In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76a.
  • 3 pattern of turning left at the intersection of the main road
  • An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least g degrees (e.g., 30 degrees) or more for t 7 seconds (e.g., 1 second) or more.
  • an item for evaluating whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least h degrees for at least t 8 seconds between the start time (t 5 to m 9 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t 5 to m 10 seconds) Is set.
  • the left confirmation is i degrees (for example, 50 degrees) or more for 9 seconds (for example, t9 seconds) from the start time (t5 to m11 seconds) of the evaluation timing to the finish time (t5 + m12 seconds)
  • the item which evaluates whether it was carried out for 1 second or more is set.
  • the left and right check angle of the first evaluation set on the main road may be set smaller than the left and right check angle of the first evaluation set on the life road.
  • the left / right check angle of the second evaluation set on the trunk road is larger than the left / right check angle of the second evaluation set on the life road It is preferable to set.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2). This processing operation is executed, for example, before or after the estimation process of the entry time (t5) to the intersection (for example, after step S38) or in parallel with the estimation process of the entry time (t5) shown in FIG. Ru.
  • step S72 the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, and from the position data storage unit 72, the vehicle speed at a time (time t0-tn) before a predetermined time (tn seconds) from the intersection passage time (time t0). (Vtn) Data is acquired, and the process proceeds to step S73.
  • the position data storage unit 72 stores (in time series) position data and vehicle speed data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 while passing through the intersection in association with time.
  • position data storage unit 72 stores position data while passing an intersection, and when vehicle speed data is not stored, predetermined time from time t0 is obtained using time-series position data in step S72.
  • the vehicle speed Vtn at a time (time t0-tn) before tn seconds may be calculated.
  • step S73 the control unit 50A operates as the road type determination unit 66, and determines whether the vehicle speed Vtn at time t0-tn is equal to or higher than a predetermined speed Vn (for example, 40 km / h).
  • the predetermined speed Vn is a criterion for determining whether the vehicle is traveling on a main road or a living road.
  • control unit 50A determines in step S73 that vehicle speed Vtn is equal to or higher than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a main road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S74 and road flag Fr To 1, and then the process proceeds to step S76.
  • control unit 50A determines in step S73 that vehicle speed Vtn is less than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a living road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S75, and the road The flag Fr is set to 0, and the process proceeds to step S76.
  • step S76 the control unit 50A associates the intersection approach time (t5) of the vehicle with the road flag Fr (1 or 0), stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and ends the road type determination process. Then, it progresses to evaluation processing of safety check operation of Step S39 shown in FIG.
  • the road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A is not limited to the operation example illustrated in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing another road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2).
  • step S82 the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, acquires time-series vehicle speed data before the intersection passage time (time t0) from the position data storage unit 72, and proceeds to step S83.
  • the position data storage unit 72 stores (in time series) position data and vehicle speed data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 while passing through the intersection in association with time.
  • position data storage unit 72 stores position data while passing an intersection, and vehicle speed data is not stored, the time-series positions before time t0 from position data storage unit 72 in step S82. Data may be read out, and time-series vehicle speeds before time t0 may be calculated using time-series position data.
  • step S83 the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, integrates the acquired time-series vehicle speed data, calculates the distance Xt before the point of time t0, and proceeds to the next step S84.
  • control unit 50A determines in step S85 that vehicle speed Vxn is equal to or higher than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a main road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S86, and the road flag Set Fr to 1, and proceed to step S88.
  • step S85 determines in step S85 that the vehicle speed Vxn is less than the predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a living road)
  • the control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S87.
  • the road flag Fr is set to 0, and the process proceeds to step S88.
  • step S88 the control unit 50A associates the intersection approach time (time t5) of the vehicle with the road flag Fr (1 or 0), stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and ends the road type determination processing. After that, the process proceeds to the evaluation processing of the safety confirmation operation in step S39 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the processing operation of safety confirmation evaluation performed by the control unit 50A in the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2).
  • the processing of steps S41 and S42 is different from the flowchart showing the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation shown in FIG. 11, and the processing of step S43 and subsequent steps is substantially the same. Omit.
  • step S92 the control unit 50A operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, reads the evaluation condition table 76a stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, and reads the road flag Fr read out from the evaluation condition table 76a in step S91.
  • the evaluation condition corresponding to the turning direction is selected, switched to the selected evaluation condition, and the process proceeds to step S93.
  • control unit 50A operates as safety check evaluation unit 57A, and the evaluation timing set in the evaluation condition selected in step S92, that is, from the start time defined based on entry time t5 to the end time Direction information up to that point is read out from the image information storage section 73.
  • control unit 50A proceeds to the processing operation after step S43, and performs the safety confirmation evaluation processing at the intersection based on the condition (confirmation direction, angle, and time) of the confirmation operation set in the evaluation condition.
  • the evaluation timing of steps S44 and S49 corresponding to the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) to the end time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) Is set up between
  • the evaluation timing of step S54 corresponding to the second evaluation set is set between the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) and the end time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds).
  • the time around time t5 in step S59 is set from time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) to time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds).
  • server device 40A of safety confirmation evaluation system 1A the type of road is determined based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point in front of the intersection, and according to the determined type of road Then, the evaluation conditions of the evaluation condition table 76a are switched, and the driver's safety check operation at each intersection is evaluated based on the switched evaluation conditions. Therefore, by using the evaluation condition corresponding to the type of road, the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be performed more accurately.
  • the speed Vtn of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passage time t0 estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle for a predetermined time (tn seconds) or a predetermined distance (Xn) before the point at the intersection passage time t0
  • the type of road can be easily determined without using map information or the like.
  • the road type determination unit 66 determines whether the road type is a main road or a living road, the evaluation condition set according to the main road or the living road is used. The driver's safety confirmation operation can be evaluated more accurately.
  • the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation system 1B according to the embodiment (3) is substantially the same as the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1) shown in FIG. 1 except for the server device 40B. Therefore, the same symbol is attached to the configuration having the same function, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the hardware configuration of the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3) is shown in FIG. 12 except the safety check evaluation unit 57B of the control unit 50B and the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A of the storage unit 70B.
  • the configuration is substantially the same as that of the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2), and therefore, the configurations having the same functions are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57B provided in the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3). However, components having the same functions as those of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 shown in FIG.
  • the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 shown in FIG. 5 is configured to perform processing for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51.
  • the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle after the entry time t5 from the time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) before the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51 is a predetermined value (a predetermined angle A process of evaluating the driver's safety confirmation operation until the time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) to reach D) is configured to be performed.
  • the predetermined value D may be appropriately set for each type of road and the turning direction.
  • the safety check evaluation unit 57B calculates angle change.
  • a section 68 and a fourth evaluation section 69 are configured.
  • the angle change calculation unit 68 reads the data of the angular velocity of the vehicle after the entry time t5 to the intersection from the inertia data storage unit 71, and based on the read data of the angular velocity, the angle change amount of the vehicle after the time t5 Calculate ⁇ d.
  • the fourth evaluation unit 69 is acquired from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) as the evaluation timing to the time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) when the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D.
  • a process of evaluating the safety change operation at the intersection for example, right turn ahead or left turn, based on the swing angle and swing time of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight at least one of left and right I do.
  • the evaluation timing is from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) to the time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) at which the vehicle angle change ⁇ d reaches the predetermined value D after the entry time t5. It is determined whether a predetermined safety check operation has been performed for the direction of course change.
  • the evaluation item of safety confirmation with respect to the course change direction it is an item to determine whether the swing angle in the course change direction of turning to the left or right is a predetermined angle or more, or the state of the predetermined angle or more continues for a predetermined time It is included.
  • FIG. 18 is a data configuration diagram showing an example of the evaluation condition table 76b stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A.
  • the items of the evaluation condition table 76b like the evaluation condition table 76a shown in FIG. 13, include pattern numbers, types of roads, turning directions, confirmation operations that the driver should perform before and after entering an intersection, and evaluation timing (evaluation Period) is included.
  • the evaluation condition table 76b shown in FIG. 18 differs from the evaluation condition table 76a shown in FIG. 13 in the item of the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set.
  • the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set is from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) to the time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) at which the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle reaches a predetermined value D after the entry time t5. Period is set.
  • the left evaluation is performed between the start time (t5-m1 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5-m2 seconds) as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set.
  • An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least a degree (e.g., 35 degrees) or more for t 1 seconds (e.g., one second) or more.
  • the confirmation operation 2 an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least b degrees for at least 2 seconds between the start time (t5 to m1 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m2 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done.
  • D a predetermined value
  • No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b.
  • 3 pattern of turning left at the intersection of the main road
  • An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least g degrees (e.g., 30 degrees) or more for t 7 seconds (e.g., 1 second) or more.
  • the confirmation operation 2 an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least h degrees for at least 8 seconds between the start time (t5 to m9 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m10 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done.
  • D a predetermined value
  • No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b.
  • D a predetermined value
  • p degrees e.g. 50 degrees
  • the predetermined value D of the angle change amount ⁇ d for defining the end time of the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set on the main road is set smaller than the predetermined value D on the living road, and is set larger than the left and right confirmation angle of the second evaluation set on the living road.
  • the time when the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set reaches the predetermined value D when the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle after the entry time t5 from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) The time to (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) is set.
  • the predetermined time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) after the entry time t5 may be used separately and set.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a processing operation of safety confirmation evaluation performed by the control unit 50B in the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3).
  • steps S41 and S42 are different from the flowchart showing the process operation of safety confirmation evaluation shown in FIG. 11 and the processes after step S43 are substantially the same, here, for the processes after step S43 I omit explanation.
  • step S102 the control unit 50B operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, reads the evaluation condition table 76b stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A, and reads the road flag Fr (in step S101 from the evaluation condition table 76b).
  • the evaluation condition corresponding to 1 or 0) and the turning direction (right turn or left turn) is selected, switched to the selected evaluation condition, and the process proceeds to step S103.
  • control unit 50B operates as safety check evaluation unit 57B, and ends from the evaluation timing of the first evaluation set (ie, start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) set in the evaluation condition switched in step S102.
  • Direction information at time (t5 to m ⁇ ) is read out from the image information storage unit 73, and then the process proceeds to step S104.
  • step S104 the control unit 50B reads out time-series angular velocity data after the entry time t5 from the inertial data storage unit 71, and then proceeds to step S105.
  • step S105 the control unit 50B integrates the time-series angular velocity data read from the inertial data storage unit 71 to calculate the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle, and then proceeds to step S106.
  • step S106 the control unit 50B performs processing for obtaining the time (t5 + m ⁇ ) at which the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle reaches the predetermined value D set as the evaluation condition, and then proceeds to step S107.
  • step S107 the control unit 50B determines the end time when the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D from the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set, that is, the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds).
  • the direction information in the period up to (t5 + m ⁇ seconds) is read from the image information storage unit 73, and then the process proceeds to step S43 and subsequent steps, based on the conditions (confirmation direction and angle, and confirmation time) of the confirmation operation set in the evaluation conditions. Perform the safety confirmation evaluation process at the intersection.
  • the evaluation timing of steps S44 and S49 corresponding to the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) to the end time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) Is set up between Further, the evaluation timing of step S54 corresponding to the second evaluation set is set between the start time (t5 ⁇ m ⁇ seconds) and the end time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds). Further, the time around time t5 in step S59 is set from time (t5-m ⁇ ) to time (t5 + m ⁇ ).
  • server device 40B of safety confirmation evaluation system 1B similarly to server device 40A, by using the evaluation condition according to the type of road, the driver's safety confirmation operation at the intersection is performed. The evaluation can be performed more accurately.
  • the server device 40B the end at which the angle change amount ⁇ d of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D from the start time (t5-m ⁇ seconds) set at the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set Based on the swing angle and swing time of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight direction acquired during the time (t5 + m ⁇ seconds), the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection is It is evaluated. Therefore, the situation where the vehicle turns in the intersection and the driver's safety confirmation operation can be corresponded more accurately, and the driver's safety confirmation operation in the course change direction after entering the intersection is more accurately evaluated. Can.
  • time t5 based on the angular velocity data of the vehicle 2, in other words, based on the angular velocity data detected when the vehicle 2 turns left or right, etc.
  • the approach time (time t5) is estimated, and the driver's safety confirmation operation within a predetermined time before and after the estimated time t5 is evaluated.
  • the approach time to the entrance point of the roadside facility of the vehicle 2 is estimated, and the driver's safety confirmation operation within a predetermined time before and after the estimated time May be evaluated.
  • the driver's safety confirmation operation can be evaluated when entering the roadside facility from the road or when leaving the roadside facility on the road.
  • a safety confirmation evaluation device (40, 40A, or 40B) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle (2), An intersection estimation unit (51) for estimating the time of entry of the vehicle (2) to the intersection; An information acquisition unit (56) for acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight; And an evaluation unit (57, 57A, or 57B) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  • Device 40, 40A or 40B).
  • An in-vehicle device (10) mounted on a vehicle (2) A camera unit (11) for capturing an image of a driver of the vehicle (2); An image information detection unit (21) for detecting information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight from the image captured by the camera unit (11); An image information storage unit (31) for storing the information detected by the image information detection unit (21); A vehicle behavior detection unit (12) for detecting the behavior of the vehicle (2); A vehicle behavior storage unit (32) storing the vehicle behavior detected by the vehicle behavior detection unit (12); A safety confirmation evaluation device (40) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver, the information stored in the image information storage unit (31) and the vehicle behavior stored in the vehicle behavior storage unit (32).
  • An in-vehicle apparatus (10) comprising: an output unit (17) for outputting.
  • a safety confirmation evaluation method for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle (2) An approach time estimation step (S36) for estimating the approach time of the vehicle (2) to the intersection; An information acquisition step (S29) of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight; And a step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, and performing a step including an evaluation step (S39).
  • the present invention provides a service that provides safety education support for improving the driver's safety awareness, for example, in a field where the evaluation result of the safety confirmation operation of the driver getting on the vehicle managed by the company operating various businesses can be utilized. It can be widely used in the field etc.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Traffic Control Systems (AREA)

Abstract

In order to provide a safety check evaluation device capable of accurately evaluating the safety check actions of a driver during right/left turning of a vehicle, evaluating same from the behavior of the driver, in particular face direction and line-of-sight direction, this safety check evaluation device comprises: an intersection estimation unit that estimates the time of vehicle entrance into an intersection; an information acquisition unit that obtains information pertaining to at least either the driver face direction or the line-of-sight direction; and an evaluation unit that evaluates the safety check actions of the driver on the basis of the information obtained during a prescribed time before and after the intersection entrance time.

Description

安全確認評価装置、車載装置、これらを備えた安全確認評価システム、安全確認評価方法、安全確認評価プログラム、及び記憶媒体Safety confirmation evaluation apparatus, in-vehicle apparatus, safety confirmation evaluation system provided with these, safety confirmation evaluation method, safety confirmation evaluation program, and storage medium
 本発明は安全確認評価装置、車載装置、これらを備えた安全確認評価システム、安全確認評価方法、安全確認評価プログラム、及び記憶媒体に関する。 The present invention relates to a safety confirmation and evaluation device, an in-vehicle device, a safety confirmation and evaluation system including the same, a safety confirmation and evaluation method, a safety confirmation and evaluation program, and a storage medium.
 特許文献1には、交差点における安全運転度を判定する安全運転度判定装置が提案されている。前記安全運転度判定装置は、速度検出部、ヨーレート検出部、加速度検出部、車両位置検出部、地図データベース、及びコントローラを含んで構成されている。 Patent Document 1 proposes a safe driving degree determination device that determines a safe driving degree at an intersection. The safe driving degree determination device includes a speed detection unit, a yaw rate detection unit, an acceleration detection unit, a vehicle position detection unit, a map database, and a controller.
 前記コントローラでは、交差点への右左折進入の情報を受けて、車両の速度、ヨーレート、加速度等の交差点通過特性値の演算を行い、該交差点通過特性値を前記地図データベースの情報から求めた交差点の曲率半径と対応付けて記録部に記録させておき、前記交差点の曲率半径の分類ごとの前記交差点通過特性値に基づいて、運転者の安全運転度を判定する処理が行われる構成になっている。 The controller receives information on turning to the intersection to the intersection, calculates intersection passage characteristic values such as vehicle speed, yaw rate, acceleration and the like, and calculates the intersection passage characteristic value from the information of the map database A configuration is employed in which processing is performed to determine the driver's safe driving degree based on the intersection passage characteristic value for each classification of the curvature radius of the intersection in association with the curvature radius and recorded in the recording unit. .
 [発明が解決しようとする課題]
 特許文献1記載の安全運転度判定装置では、交差点通過時の速度、ヨーレート、加速度等の車両の走行状態に基づいて、運転者の安全運転度が判定されている。そのため、交差点通過時などの右左折時において、運転者が適切な安全確認を行っているのかどうかなど、運転者の安全確認行動までは評価できていないという課題があった。
[Problems to be solved by the invention]
In the safe driving degree determination device described in Patent Document 1, the safe driving degree of the driver is determined based on the traveling state of the vehicle such as the speed, the yaw rate, and the acceleration when passing an intersection. Therefore, there was a problem that it was not possible to evaluate the driver's safety confirmation action, such as whether the driver is performing appropriate safety confirmation when turning to the left or right when passing an intersection.
特開2015-76000号公報JP, 2015-76000, A
課題を解決するための手段及びその効果Means for solving the problem and its effect
 本発明は上記課題に鑑みなされたものであって、交差点における運転者の安全確認行動を、運転者の挙動、特に顔の向きや視線の向きから正確に評価することができる安全確認評価装置、車載装置、これらを備えた安全確認評価システム、安全確認評価方法、安全確認評価プログラム、及び記憶媒体を提供することを目的としている。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a safety confirmation evaluation device capable of accurately evaluating the safety confirmation behavior of a driver at an intersection from the behavior of the driver, in particular, the direction of the face and the direction of the line of sight, An object of the present invention is to provide an in-vehicle device, a safety confirmation evaluation system including the same, a safety confirmation evaluation method, a safety confirmation evaluation program, and a storage medium.
 上記目的を達成するために本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(1)は、車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置であって、
 前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する交差点推定部と、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を取得する情報取得部と、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
In order to achieve the above object, the safety confirmation and evaluation device (1) according to the present disclosure is a safety confirmation and evaluation device that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle,
An intersection estimation unit configured to estimate a time when the vehicle enters an intersection;
An information acquisition unit that acquires information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight;
It is characterized by including: an evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
 上記安全確認評価装置(1)によれば、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認動作を、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報に基づいて適切に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (1), the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. Therefore, the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be appropriately evaluated based on the information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(2)は、上記安全確認評価装置(1)において、前記評価部が、前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
 前記進入時刻より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する第1評価部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
Further, in the safety check and evaluation device (2) according to the present disclosure, in the safety check and evaluation device (1), the evaluation unit determines at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the driver based on the information. A first detection unit that detects the left and right swing angles and swing times of the
And a first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time.
 上記安全確認評価装置(2)によれば、前記進入時刻より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、前記交差点への進入前における前記運転者の左右の安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation and evaluation device (2), the left and right safety confirmation operations are evaluated based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time. Therefore, it is possible to accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(3)は、上記安全確認評価装置(1)又は(2)において、前記評価部が、前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
 前記進入時刻より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第2評価部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation device (3) according to the present disclosure, in the safety confirmation and evaluation device (1) or (2), the evaluation unit determines the direction or direction of the driver's face based on the information. A first detection unit for detecting at least one of left and right swing angles and swing times of
And a second evaluation unit that evaluates a safety confirmation operation of a course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time. .
 上記安全確認評価装置(3)によれば、前記進入時刻より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、前記交差点への進入後における前記運転者の前記進路変更方向に対する安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (3), the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection is evaluated based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time in a predetermined time after the entry time. Therefore, it is possible to accurately evaluate the safety confirmation operation with respect to the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(4)は、上記安全確認評価装置(1)~(3)のいずれかにおいて、前記評価部が、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記運転者の減速意識を評価する第3評価部を備えていることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus (4) according to the present disclosure, in any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatuses (1) to (3), the evaluation unit
A third evaluation unit may be provided to evaluate the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
 上記安全確認評価装置(4)によれば、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記運転者の減速意識が評価される。したがって、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認意識を正確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation and evaluation device (4), the driver's deceleration awareness is evaluated based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. Therefore, the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection can be accurately evaluated.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(5)は、上記安全確認評価装置(1)において、
 前記評価部が、
 前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
 前記進入時刻より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する第1評価部と、
 前記進入時刻より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第2評価部と、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記運転者の減速意識を評価する第3評価部と、
 前記第1評価部、前記第2評価部、及び前記第3評価部の評価に基づいて、前記交差点毎の評価点を算出する評価点算出部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation device (5) according to the present disclosure, in the safety confirmation and evaluation device (1),
The evaluation unit
A first detection unit configured to detect a swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
A first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time;
A second evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time;
A third evaluation unit that evaluates the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time;
It is characterized by including an evaluation point calculation unit which calculates an evaluation point for each of the intersections based on the evaluation of the first evaluation unit, the second evaluation unit, and the third evaluation unit.
 上記安全確認評価装置(5)によれば、前記第1評価部により前記交差点への進入前における前記運転者の左右の安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。また、前記第2評価部により前記交差点への進入後における前記運転者の前記進路変更方向に対する安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。さらに前記第3評価部により、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認意識を正確に評価することができる。これら前記第1評価部、前記第2評価部、及び前記第3評価部の評価に基づいて、前記交差点毎の評価点を算出することにより、前記交差点全体における安全確認動作をより高度に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (5), the first evaluation unit can accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection. Moreover, the safety check operation with respect to the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection can be accurately evaluated by the second evaluation unit. Furthermore, the third evaluation unit can accurately evaluate the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection. Based on the evaluations of the first evaluation unit, the second evaluation unit, and the third evaluation unit, the safety check operation in the entire intersection is highly evaluated by calculating the evaluation points for each of the intersections. be able to.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(6)は、上記安全確認評価装置(2)~(5)のいずれかにおいて、前記評価部が、
 前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの上下の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第2検出部と、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度とともに、所定値以上の上下の振り角度が検出された場合、該上下の振り角度が検出されたときの前記情報を安全確認動作の評価対象から除外する評価対象除外部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus (6) according to the present disclosure, in any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatuses (2) to (5), the evaluation unit
A second detection unit that detects an upper and lower swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
When a vertical swing angle equal to or greater than a predetermined value is detected along with the left or right swing angle of at least one of the driver's face direction and the line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time. And an evaluation target exclusion unit that excludes the information from the evaluation target of the safety check operation when the information is detected.
 上記安全確認評価装置(6)によれば、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度とともに、所定値以上の上下の振り角度が検出された場合、該上下の振り角度が検出されたときの前記情報が安全確認動作の評価対象から除外される。したがって、前記運転者が、例えば、スマートフォンを操作して下を向いている場合などのよそ見をしている場合を前記評価対象から除外することができ、前記評価の精度を高めることができる。 According to the safety confirmation and evaluation device (6), up and down swings equal to or greater than a predetermined value along with the right and left swing angles of the driver's face direction or line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time. When an angle is detected, the information when the upper and lower swing angles are detected is excluded from the evaluation target of the safety check operation. Therefore, it is possible to exclude from the evaluation object the case where the driver looks aside, for example, when the driver operates the smartphone and faces downward, and the accuracy of the evaluation can be enhanced.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(7)は、上記安全確認評価装置(1)において、
 交差点手前の所定地点における前記車両の速度を取得する車速取得部と、
 該車速取得部により取得された前記車両の速度に基づいて、道路の種類を判定する道路種別判定部と、
 前記道路の種類毎に、前記運転者が行うべき安全確認動作の評価条件が設定され、これら評価条件がテーブル化されて記憶された評価条件テーブル記憶部と、
 前記道路種別判定部により判定された前記道路の種類に応じて、前記評価条件を切り替える評価条件切替部とを備え、
 前記評価部が、前記評価条件切替部により切り替えられた前記評価条件に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価することを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation device (7) according to the present disclosure, in the safety confirmation and evaluation device (1),
A vehicle speed acquisition unit that acquires the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection;
A road type determination unit that determines the type of road based on the speed of the vehicle acquired by the vehicle speed acquisition unit;
An evaluation condition table storage unit in which evaluation conditions for the safety confirmation operation to be performed by the driver are set for each type of road, and these evaluation conditions are tabulated and stored.
And an evaluation condition switching unit that switches the evaluation condition according to the type of the road determined by the road type determination unit,
The evaluation unit is characterized in that the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the evaluation condition switched by the evaluation condition switching unit.
 上記安全確認評価装置(7)によれば、交差点手前の所定地点における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記道路の種類が判定され、該判定された道路の種類に応じて、前記評価条件が切り替えられ、該切り替えられた前記評価条件に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作が評価される。
 例えば、道幅が広い道路の交差点と、道幅が狭い道路の交差点とでは、交差点を曲がる際に必要な安全確認動作は必ずしも同じではない。そのため、前記道路の種類に応じた前記評価条件を用いることにより、前記交差点における運転者の安全確認動作の評価をより精度良く実行することができる。
According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (7), the type of the road is determined based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection, and the evaluation condition is switched according to the type of the determined road. The driver's safety confirmation operation is evaluated based on the switched evaluation condition.
For example, at the intersection of a wide road and the intersection of a narrow road, the safety check operation required when turning the intersection is not necessarily the same. Therefore, by using the evaluation condition according to the type of the road, the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be performed more accurately.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(8)は、上記安全確認評価装置(7)において、
 前記車速取得部が、
 前記車両の角速度から推定された交差点通過時刻より所定時間手前の地点における前記車両の速度、又は前記交差点通過時刻の地点より所定距離手前の地点における前記車両の速度を取得するものであることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation device (8) according to the present disclosure, in the safety confirmation and evaluation device (7),
The vehicle speed acquisition unit
The speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle by a predetermined time, or the speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time by a predetermined distance And
 上記安全確認評価装置(8)によれば、前記車両の角速度から推定された交差点通過時刻より所定時間手前の地点における前記車両の速度、又は前記交差点通過時刻の地点より所定距離手前の地点における前記車両の速度を、前記道路の種類の判定に用いることにより、地図情報などを利用することなく、簡易に道路の種類を判定することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (8), the speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle by a predetermined time, or at the point at a predetermined distance before the point at the intersection passing time By using the speed of the vehicle to determine the type of the road, the type of the road can be easily determined without using map information or the like.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(9)は、上記安全確認評価装置(7)又は(8)において、前記道路種別判定部が、前記道路の種類として、幹線道路、又は生活道路であるかを判定するものであることを特徴としている。 Further, in the safety confirmation evaluation device (9) according to the present disclosure, in the safety confirmation evaluation device (7) or (8), whether the road type determination unit is a main road or a living road as the type of the road It is characterized in that
 上記安全確認評価装置(9)によれば、前記道路種別判定部によって、前記道路の種類が幹線道路、又は生活道路であるかが判定されるので、前記幹線道路、又は前記生活道路に応じて設定された前記評価条件で、前記運転者の安全確認動作をより的確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (9), since the road type determination unit determines whether the type of the road is a trunk road or a living road, according to the trunk road or the living road The driver's safety check operation can be more accurately evaluated under the set evaluation conditions.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価装置(10)は、上記安全確認評価装置(2)~(6)のいずれかにおいて、
 前記評価部が、
 前記進入時刻より後の前記車両の角度変化量を算出する角度変化算出部と、
 該角度変化算出部で算出された前記車両の角度変化量が所定値に到達するまでの間に取得された、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第4評価部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
In the safety confirmation and evaluation device (10) according to the present disclosure, any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (2) to (6) is:
The evaluation unit
An angle change calculation unit that calculates an angle change amount of the vehicle after the entry time;
Safety of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angle and swing time acquired while the angle change amount of the vehicle calculated by the angle change calculation unit reaches a predetermined value And a fourth evaluation unit that evaluates the confirmation operation.
 上記安全確認評価装置(10)によれば、前記車両の角度変化量が所定値に到達するまでの間に取得された、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、前記交差点で前記車両が右折又は左折する状況と、前記運転者の安全確認動作とをより的確に対応付けることができ、前記交差点への進入後における前記運転者の前記進路変更方向に対する安全確認動作をより正確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation device (10), the course change at the intersection based on the left and right swing angle and swing time acquired before the angle change amount of the vehicle reaches a predetermined value The safety check action of the direction is evaluated. Therefore, the situation where the vehicle turns right or left at the intersection and the safety confirmation operation of the driver can be corresponded more accurately, and the safety confirmation in the course change direction of the driver after entering the intersection Motion can be evaluated more accurately.
 また本開示に係る車載装置は、車両に搭載される車載装置であって、
 前記車両の運転者の画像を撮像するカメラ部と、
 該カメラ部で撮像された前記画像から前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を検出する画像情報検出部と、
 該画像情報検出部で検出された前記情報を記憶する画像情報記憶部と、
 前記車両の挙動を検出する車両挙動検出部と、
 該車両挙動検出部で検出された車両挙動を記憶する車両挙動記憶部と、
 前記画像情報記憶部に記憶された前記情報と、前記車両挙動記憶部に記憶された前記車両挙動とを、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置に出力する出力部とを備えていることを特徴としている。
An on-vehicle apparatus according to the present disclosure is an on-vehicle apparatus mounted on a vehicle,
A camera unit for capturing an image of a driver of the vehicle;
An image information detection unit that detects information on at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the line of sight of the driver from the image captured by the camera unit;
An image information storage unit for storing the information detected by the image information detection unit;
A vehicle behavior detection unit that detects the behavior of the vehicle;
A vehicle behavior storage unit for storing the vehicle behavior detected by the vehicle behavior detection unit;
An output unit that outputs the information stored in the image information storage unit and the vehicle behavior stored in the vehicle behavior storage unit to a safety confirmation evaluation device that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver. It is characterized by
 上記車載装置によれば、前記情報と前記車両挙動とを前記安全確認評価装置に出力することができ、前記安全確認評価装置に前記運転者の安全確認動作の評価を実行させることができ、前記車載装置の処理負担を軽減することができる。 According to the on-vehicle apparatus, the information and the vehicle behavior can be output to the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus, and the safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus can perform the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver. The processing load of the in-vehicle apparatus can be reduced.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価システムは、上記安全確認評価装置(1)~(10)のいずれかと、上記車載装置とを含んで構成されていることを特徴としている。 Further, a safety confirmation and evaluation system according to the present disclosure is characterized by including any one of the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (1) to (10) and the on-vehicle device.
 上記安全確認評価システムによれば、上記安全確認評価装置(1)~(10)のいずれかと、上記車載装置とを含んで構成されているので、上記安全確認評価装置(1)~(10)の効果を得ることができ、また、前記車載装置の処理負担を軽減することができ、低コストで導入可能なシステムを構築することができる。 According to the safety confirmation and evaluation system, the safety confirmation and evaluation devices (1) to (10) and the in-vehicle devices are included. In addition, the processing load on the in-vehicle apparatus can be reduced, and a system that can be introduced at low cost can be constructed.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価方法は、車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価方法であって、
 前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを含むステップを実行させることを特徴としている。
The safety confirmation evaluation method according to the present disclosure is a safety confirmation evaluation method for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle,
An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
And performing an evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
 上記安全確認評価方法によれば、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価するので、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認動作を、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報に基づいて正確に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation method, since the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection is Accurate evaluation can be made based on information on the direction of the driver's face and / or the direction of the line of sight.
 また本開示に係る安全確認評価プログラムは、車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を少なくとも1つのコンピュータに実行させるための安全確認評価プログラムであって、前記少なくとも1つのコンピュータに、
 前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを実行させるためのプログラムであることを特徴としている。
Further, a safety confirmation evaluation program according to the present disclosure is a safety confirmation evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute processing for evaluating a safety confirmation operation of a driver of a vehicle, the at least one computer being
An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
The program is characterized in that it is a program for performing an evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
 上記安全確認評価プログラムによれば、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価するので、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認動作を、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報に基づいて正確に評価することが可能な安全確認評価装置を実現できる。上記安全確認評価プログラムは、記憶媒体に保存されたプログラムであってもよいし、通信ネットワークを介して転送可能なプログラムであってもよい。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation program, the safety confirmation operation of the driver is evaluated based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, so the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection is It is possible to realize the safety confirmation evaluation device capable of accurately evaluating based on the information of the direction of the driver's face and / or the direction of the line of sight. The safety confirmation evaluation program may be a program stored in a storage medium or may be a program that can be transferred via a communication network.
 また本開示に係るコンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体は、車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を少なくとも1つのコンピュータに実行させるための安全確認評価プログラムが記憶されたコンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体であって、
 前記少なくとも1つのコンピュータに、
 前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを実行させるためのプログラムを記憶したことを特徴としている。
A computer readable storage medium according to the present disclosure is a computer readable storage medium storing a safety verification evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute a process of evaluating the safety verification operation of the driver of the vehicle. There,
On the at least one computer
An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
A program for executing the evaluation step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver is stored based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
 上記コンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体によれば、前記少なくとも1つのコンピュータに、前記プログラムを読み取らせて上記各ステップを実行させることにより、前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価するので、前記交差点における前記運転者の安全確認動作を、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報に基づいて正確に評価することが可能な安全確認評価装置を実現できる。 According to the computer-readable storage medium, by causing the at least one computer to read the program and executing the steps, the information is acquired based on the information acquired before and after the entry time. Since the driver's safety confirmation operation is evaluated, it is possible to accurately evaluate the driver's safety confirmation operation at the intersection based on at least one of the driver's face direction and / or gaze direction. Can be realized.
実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムの適用例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows the application example of the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1). 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムで用いられる車載装置のハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the vehicle-mounted apparatus used with the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1). 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムで用いられるサーバ装置のハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the server apparatus used with the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1). 実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置が備えている交差点推定部の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of the intersection estimation part with which the server apparatus based on Embodiment (1) is equipped. 実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置が備えている安全確認評価部の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of the safety confirmation evaluation part with which the server apparatus which concerns on embodiment (1) is equipped. 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムで行われる交差点への進入時刻の推定方法を説明するためのタイミングチャートである。It is a timing chart for demonstrating the estimation method of the approach time to the intersection performed by the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1). (a)~(c)は、実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置で行われる安全確認動作の評価方法を説明するためのタイミングチャートである。(A) to (c) are timing charts for explaining a method of evaluating the safety check operation performed by the server device according to the embodiment (1). 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムにおける車載装置が行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the vehicle-mounted apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムにおける車載装置が行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the vehicle-mounted apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムにおけるサーバ装置が行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation which the server apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムにおけるサーバ装置が行う安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation which the server apparatus in the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (1) performs. 実施の形態(2)に係る安全確認評価システムで用いられるサーバ装置のハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the server apparatus used with the safety confirmation evaluation system which concerns on embodiment (2). 評価条件テーブル記憶部に記憶される評価条件テーブルの一例を示すデータ構成図である。It is a data block diagram which shows an example of the evaluation condition table memorize | stored in an evaluation condition table memory | storage part. 実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置が行う道路種別判定処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the road classification determination processing operation which the server apparatus which concerns on embodiment (2) performs. 実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置が行う別の道路種別判定処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows another road classification determination processing operation which the server apparatus which concerns on embodiment (2) performs. 実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置が行う安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation which the server apparatus which concerns on embodiment (2) performs. 実施の形態(3)に係るサーバ装置が備えている安全確認評価部の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of the safety confirmation evaluation part with which the server apparatus based on Embodiment (3) is equipped. 評価条件テーブル記憶部に記憶される評価条件テーブルの一例を示すデータ構成図である。It is a data block diagram which shows an example of the evaluation condition table memorize | stored in an evaluation condition table memory | storage part. 実施の形態(3)に係るサーバ装置が行う安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation which the server apparatus based on Embodiment (3) performs.
 以下、本発明に係る安全確認評価装置、車載装置、これらを備えた安全確認評価システム、安全確認評価方法、安全確認評価プログラム、及び記憶媒体の実施の形態を図面に基づいて説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of a safety confirmation evaluation apparatus, an in-vehicle apparatus, a safety confirmation evaluation system including these, a safety confirmation evaluation method, a safety confirmation evaluation program, and a storage medium according to the present invention will be described based on the drawings.
[適用例]
 図1は、実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システムの適用例を示す概略図である。
 安全確認評価システム1は、車両2の運転者の安全確認動作を評価するためのシステムであって、少なくとも1台以上の車両2に搭載される車載装置10と、各車載装置10で取得されたデータを処理する少なくとも1つ以上のサーバ装置40とを含んで構成されている。サーバ装置40が、本発明の「安全確認評価装置」の一例である。
[Example of application]
FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an application example of the safety confirmation evaluation system according to the embodiment (1).
The safety confirmation evaluation system 1 is a system for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle 2 and acquired by the on-vehicle devices 10 mounted on at least one or more vehicles 2 and each on-vehicle devices 10 It is configured to include at least one or more server devices 40 that process data. The server device 40 is an example of the “safety confirmation evaluation device” in the present invention.
 車載装置10が搭載される車両2は、特に限定されない。本適用例では、各種の事業を営む事業者が管理する車両が対象とされ得る。例えば、運送事業者が管理するトラック、バス事業者が管理するバス、タクシー事業者が管理するタクシー、カーシェアリング事業者が管理するカーシェア車両、レンタカー事業者が管理するレンタカー、会社が所有している社有車などが対象とされ得る。 The vehicle 2 in which the in-vehicle device 10 is mounted is not particularly limited. In this application example, a vehicle managed by a company operating various businesses may be targeted. For example, a truck managed by a transportation company, a bus managed by a bus company, a taxi managed by a taxi company, a car sharing vehicle managed by a car sharing company, a rental car managed by a car rental company, a company owned Some company vehicles can be targeted.
 車載装置10とサーバ装置40とは、通信ネットワーク3を介して通信可能に構成されてもよい。通信ネットワーク3は、基地局を含む携帯電話網(3G/4G)や無線LAN(Local Area Network)などの無線通信網を含んでもよいし、公衆電話網などの有線通信網、インターネット、又は専用網などを含んでもよい。 The in-vehicle device 10 and the server device 40 may be configured to be able to communicate via the communication network 3. The communication network 3 may include a wireless communication network such as a mobile telephone network (3G / 4G) including a base station or a wireless LAN (Local Area Network), a wired communication network such as a public telephone network, the Internet, or a dedicated network. Etc. may be included.
 また、車両2を管理する事業者の端末装置80(以下、事業者端末という。)が、通信ネットワーク3を介してサーバ装置40と通信可能に構成されてもよい。事業者端末80は、通信機能を備えたパーソナルコンピュータでもよいし、携帯電話、スマートフォン、又はタブレット装置などの携帯情報端末などでもよい。 In addition, a terminal device 80 (hereinafter, referred to as a provider terminal) of a provider who manages the vehicle 2 may be configured to be able to communicate with the server device 40 via the communication network 3. The business operator terminal 80 may be a personal computer provided with a communication function, or may be a portable information terminal such as a mobile phone, a smartphone, or a tablet device.
 安全確認評価システム1では、サーバ装置40が、車両2の交差点進入時刻(以下、進入時刻ともいう。)を推定する処理を行う。例えば、サーバ装置40が、車載装置10で取得された車両2の角速度データを蓄積し、蓄積された車両2の角速度データに基づいて、前記進入時刻を推定してもよい。前記進入時刻は、換言すれば、車両2が右左折を始めた時刻(右左折開始時刻)であり、交差点への進入前と進入後とにおける運転者の安全確認動作を評価するための境界時刻としての役割も備えている。 In the safety confirmation evaluation system 1, the server device 40 performs a process of estimating the intersection approach time of the vehicle 2 (hereinafter, also referred to as an approach time). For example, the server device 40 may accumulate angular velocity data of the vehicle 2 acquired by the on-vehicle device 10, and estimate the entry time based on the accumulated angular velocity data of the vehicle 2. The entry time is, in other words, the time when the vehicle 2 starts turning to the right (left turning start time), and is a boundary time for evaluating the driver's safety confirmation operation before and after entering the intersection. It also has a role as
 また、交差点とは、例えば、2本以上の道路と道路が交差する分岐点であり、十字路(四叉路)の他、T字路やY字路を含んでもよく、また、四叉路以上の交差点を含んでもよい。また、信号機、横断歩道の有無は問わない。換言すれば、交差点とは、車両2が、右折又は左折により進行方向を切り替える地点を含み、上記した道路と道路が交差する部分の他、道路と沿道施設(店舗、駐車場など)に至る通路が交差する部分、すなわち、沿道施設への出入口地点も含んでもよい。前記沿道施設に至る通路には歩道部分が含まれてもよい。 In addition, an intersection is, for example, a branch point where two or more roads intersect with a road, and may include T-shaped roads and Y-shaped roads in addition to crossroads (four-fork roads). May include intersections of Also, there are no traffic lights or pedestrian crossings. In other words, an intersection includes a point at which the vehicle 2 switches the traveling direction by turning right or left, and a path that leads to a road and a roadside facility (store, parking lot, etc.) in addition to the above intersection May also include an intersection point of the roadside facilities. The passage leading to the roadside facility may include a sidewalk portion.
 さらに、サーバ装置40は、車載装置10で取得された車両2の運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報(以下、向き情報ともいう。)を蓄積し、前記推定された進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記向き情報に基づいて、運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。例えば、サーバ装置40は、進入時刻より前の所定時間と、進入時刻より後の所定時間とにおける運転者の安全確認動作をそれぞれ評価する処理などを行い、これら評価結果を記憶する。 Furthermore, the server device 40 accumulates information of at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the line of sight of the driver of the vehicle 2 acquired by the on-vehicle device 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as direction information). A process is performed to evaluate the driver's safety check operation based on the direction information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. For example, the server device 40 performs processing of respectively evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at a predetermined time before the entry time and a predetermined time after the entry time, and stores these evaluation results.
 そして、例えば、事業者端末80から要求があった場合に、車両2の運転者の安全確認動作の評価結果などの情報を、通信ネットワーク3を介して事業者端末80に提供する処理を行う。 Then, for example, when there is a request from the business operator terminal 80, processing of providing information such as the evaluation result of the safety check operation of the driver of the vehicle 2 to the business operator terminal 80 via the communication network 3 is performed.
 安全確認評価システム1によれば、地図データベースなどの交差点情報を用いることなく、車両2の角速度データを用いた、簡素かつ低コストの構成で、車両2が交差点に進入した時刻を推定することが可能となる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation system 1, without using intersection information such as a map database, it is possible to estimate the time when the vehicle 2 enters an intersection with a simple and low-cost configuration using angular velocity data of the vehicle 2. It becomes possible.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、推定された進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記向き情報に基づいて、運転者の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、交差点への進入前後における運転者の安全確認行動を、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかから適切に評価することが可能となる。 Further, according to the server device 40, the driver's safety check operation is evaluated based on the direction information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the estimated entry time. Therefore, it becomes possible to appropriately evaluate the safety confirmation behavior of the driver before and after entering the intersection from at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight.
 [構成例]
 図2は、実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1で用いられる車載装置10のハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
 実施の形態(1)に係る車載装置10は、カメラ部11、制御部20、及び記憶部30を含んで構成されている。カメラ部11で運転者の画像が撮像され、撮像された画像が制御部20で解析される。例えば、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかが解析される。
[Example of configuration]
FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 used in the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1).
The on-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1) includes a camera unit 11, a control unit 20, and a storage unit 30. The image of the driver is captured by the camera unit 11, and the captured image is analyzed by the control unit 20. For example, at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight is analyzed.
 また、車載装置10には、車両2の慣性力を検出する慣性センサ12、位置検出部としてのGPS(Global Positioning System)受信機15、又は音声出力部としてのスピーカ16が装備されてもよいし、通信部17、外部インターフェース(外部I/F)18が装備されてもよい。慣性センサ12とGPS受信機15は、本発明の「車両挙動検出部」の一例である。 Further, the in-vehicle device 10 may be equipped with an inertial sensor 12 for detecting an inertial force of the vehicle 2, a GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver 15 as a position detection unit, or a speaker 16 as an audio output unit. , Communication unit 17 and external interface (external I / F) 18 may be equipped. The inertial sensor 12 and the GPS receiver 15 are examples of the "vehicle behavior detection unit" in the present invention.
 カメラ部11は、例えば、図示しないレンズ部、撮像素子部、光照射部、インターフェース部、これら各部を制御するカメラ制御部などを含んで構成されている。前記撮像素子部は、例えば、CCD(Charge Coupled Device)、CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)などの撮像素子、フィルタ、マイクロレンズなどを含んで構成されている。前記撮像素子部は、可視領域の光を受けて撮像画像を形成できるものを含む他、紫外線又は赤外線を受けて撮像画像を形成できるCCD、CMOS、或いはフォトダイオード等の赤外線センサを含んでもよい。前記光照射部は、LED(Light Emitting Diode)などの発光素子を含み、また、昼夜を問わず運転者の状態を撮像できるように赤外線LEDなどを用いてもよい。カメラ部11は、単眼カメラでもよいし、ステレオカメラであってもよい。 The camera unit 11 includes, for example, a lens unit (not shown), an imaging element unit, a light irradiation unit, an interface unit, a camera control unit that controls these units, and the like. The imaging element unit includes, for example, an imaging element such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a filter, a microlens, and the like. The imaging element unit may include an infrared sensor such as a CCD, a CMOS, or a photodiode capable of receiving a light in a visible region to form a captured image and forming ultraviolet light or infrared light to form a captured image. The light irradiator includes a light emitting element such as an LED (Light Emitting Diode), and may use an infrared LED or the like so that the driver's condition can be imaged regardless of day or night. The camera unit 11 may be a monocular camera or a stereo camera.
 前記カメラ制御部は、例えば、CPU(Central Processing Unit)、メモリ、画像処理回路などを含んで構成されている。前記カメラ制御部が、前記撮像素子部や前記光照射部を制御して、該光照射部から光(例えば、近赤外線など)を照射し、前記撮像素子部でその反射光を撮像する制御などを行う。カメラ部11は所定のフレームレート(例えば、毎秒30~60フレーム)で画像を撮像し、カメラ部11で撮像された画像のデータが制御部20へ出力される。 The camera control unit includes, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a memory, an image processing circuit, and the like. The camera control unit controls the imaging device unit and the light emitting unit to emit light (for example, near infrared rays) from the light emitting unit, and controls the imaging device unit to capture the reflected light I do. The camera unit 11 captures an image at a predetermined frame rate (for example, 30 to 60 frames per second), and data of the image captured by the camera unit 11 is output to the control unit 20.
 慣性センサ12には、車両2の角速度を検出する角速度センサ13が含まれている。角速度センサ13には、少なくとも鉛直軸回り(ヨー方向)の回転に応じた角速度、すなわち、車両2の左右方向への回転(旋回)に応じた角速度データを検出可能なセンサ、例えば、ジャイロセンサ(ヨーレートセンサともいう)を用いることができる。 The inertial sensor 12 includes an angular velocity sensor 13 that detects the angular velocity of the vehicle 2. The angular velocity sensor 13 can detect at least an angular velocity corresponding to rotation around the vertical axis (yaw direction), that is, a sensor capable of detecting angular velocity data corresponding to rotation (turning) of the vehicle 2 in the left and right direction. (Also referred to as a yaw rate sensor) can be used.
 また、角速度センサ13には、鉛直軸回りの1軸ジャイロセンサの他、左右方向の水平軸回り(ピッチ方向)の角速度も検出する2軸ジャイロセンサ、さらに前後方向の水平軸回り(ロール方向)の角速度も検出する3軸ジャイロセンサを用いてもよい。これらジャイロセンサには、振動式ジャイロセンサの他、光学式、機械式のジャイロセンサを用いてもよい。 Further, the angular velocity sensor 13 is a two-axis gyro sensor that detects an angular velocity around a horizontal axis (pitch direction) in the horizontal direction as well as a single-axis gyro sensor around a vertical axis. A three-axis gyro sensor that also detects the angular velocity of As these gyro sensors, optical or mechanical gyro sensors may be used in addition to vibration gyro sensors.
 また、角速度センサ13の鉛直軸回りの角速度の検出方向は、例えば、時計回りを正方向に、半時計回りを負方向に設定してもよい。この場合、車両2が右方向に旋回すれば正の角速度データが検出され、左方向に旋回すれば負の角速度データが検出される。角速度センサ13では、所定の周期(例えば、33ms周期)で角速度が検出され、検出された角速度データが、検出時刻と対応付けて記憶部30の慣性データ記憶部32に記憶される。 In addition, the detection direction of the angular velocity around the vertical axis of the angular velocity sensor 13 may be set, for example, clockwise as positive and counterclockwise as negative. In this case, when the vehicle 2 turns rightward, positive angular velocity data is detected, and when the vehicle 2 turns leftward, negative angular velocity data is detected. The angular velocity sensor 13 detects an angular velocity at a predetermined cycle (for example, a cycle of 33 ms), and the detected angular velocity data is stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 of the storage unit 30 in association with the detection time.
 また、慣性センサ12は、車両2の加速度を検出する加速度センサ14を含んで構成されてもよいし、角速度センサ13と加速度センサ14とを一つのパッケージに搭載したものであってもよい。加速度センサ14には、XYZ軸の3方向の加速度を検出する3軸加速度センサを用いてもよいし、2軸、1軸の加速度センサを用いてもよい。3軸加速度センサには、静電容量型の他、ピエゾ抵抗型などの半導体方式の加速度センサを用いてもよい。加速度センサ14で検出された加速度データが、検出時刻と対応付けて慣性データ記憶部32に記憶されてもよい。 In addition, the inertial sensor 12 may be configured to include the acceleration sensor 14 that detects the acceleration of the vehicle 2, or the angular velocity sensor 13 and the acceleration sensor 14 may be mounted in one package. As the acceleration sensor 14, a three-axis acceleration sensor that detects acceleration in three directions of the XYZ axes may be used, or a two-axis or one-axis acceleration sensor may be used. As the three-axis acceleration sensor, in addition to the electrostatic capacitance type, a semiconductor resistance acceleration sensor such as a piezoresistive type may be used. The acceleration data detected by the acceleration sensor 14 may be stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 in association with the detection time.
 GPS受信機15は、アンテナ15aを介して人工衛星からのGPS信号を所定周期で受信して、現在地の位置データ(緯度、経度)を検出する。GPS受信機15で検出された位置データは、位置検出時刻と対応付けて記憶部30の位置データ記憶部33に記憶される。なお、車両2の自車位置を検出する装置は、GPS受信機15に限定されるものではない。例えば、GPSの他、日本の準天頂衛星、ロシアのグロナス(GLONASS)、欧州のガリレオ(Galileo)、中国のコンパス(Compass)等の他の衛星測位システムに対応した測位装置であってもよい。 The GPS receiver 15 receives GPS signals from artificial satellites at predetermined intervals via the antenna 15a, and detects position data (latitude, longitude) of the current location. The position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 is stored in the position data storage unit 33 of the storage unit 30 in association with the position detection time. The device for detecting the position of the vehicle 2 of the vehicle 2 is not limited to the GPS receiver 15. For example, it may be a positioning device compatible with GPS, other satellite positioning systems such as Japanese Quasi-Zenith Satellite, Glonass of Russia (GLONASS), Galileo of Europe, and Compass of China.
 通信部17は、本発明の「出力部」の一例であり、通信ネットワーク3を介してサーバ装置40にデータ出力などを行うための通信モジュールを含んで構成されている。 The communication unit 17 is an example of the “output unit” in the present invention, and includes a communication module for outputting data to the server device 40 through the communication network 3.
 外部I/F18は、例えば、車外を撮像する車外カメラなどの車載機器(図示せず)との間でデータや信号の授受を行うためのインターフェース回路や接続コネクタなどを含んで構成されている。 The external I / F 18 is configured to include, for example, an interface circuit and a connection connector for exchanging data and signals with an on-vehicle device (not shown) such as a camera outside the vehicle for imaging the outside of the vehicle.
 制御部20は、画像情報検出部21を含んで構成され、さらに時刻t0検出部22、車速演算部23、時刻t0取消部24を含んで構成されてもよい。制御部20は、例えば、CPUなどの1つ以上のハードウェアプロセッサを含んで構成されている。 The control unit 20 may include the image information detection unit 21 and may further include the time t0 detection unit 22, the vehicle speed calculation unit 23, and the time t0 cancellation unit 24. The control unit 20 includes, for example, one or more hardware processors such as a CPU.
 制御部20は、車載装置10で取得した各種データを記憶部30に記憶する処理を行う。また、制御部20は、記憶部30に記憶された各種データやプログラムを読み出して、該プログラムを実行することで、画像情報検出部21、さらに時刻t0検出部22、車速演算部23、時刻t0取消部24の動作を実現する。 The control unit 20 performs a process of storing various data acquired by the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in the storage unit 30. Further, the control unit 20 reads various data and programs stored in the storage unit 30 and executes the program to obtain the image information detection unit 21, the time t 0 detection unit 22, the vehicle speed calculation unit 23, and the time t 0. The operation of the cancellation unit 24 is realized.
 画像情報検出部21は、カメラ部11で撮像された画像から運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報(向き情報)を検出する処理などを行う。画像情報検出部21は、例えば、画像処理プロセッサなどを含んで構成されてもよい。画像情報検出部21で検出された前記向き情報などが画像情報記憶部31に記憶される。また、画像情報記憶部31には、前記向き情報とともに、カメラ部11で撮像された画像、その撮像時刻などをそれぞれ対応付けて記憶されるようにしてもよい。 The image information detection unit 21 performs a process of detecting at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight (direction information) from the image captured by the camera unit 11 or the like. The image information detection unit 21 may be configured to include, for example, an image processing processor and the like. The orientation information and the like detected by the image information detection unit 21 are stored in the image information storage unit 31. In addition, the image information storage unit 31 may store an image captured by the camera unit 11, an imaging time thereof, and the like in association with the direction information.
 運転者の顔の向きは、例えば、運転者の顔のX軸(左右軸)回りの角度(上下の向き)であるピッチ(Pitch)角、顔のY軸(上下軸)回りの角度(左右の向き)であるヨー(Yaw)角、及び顔のZ軸(前後軸)回りの角度(左右傾き)であるロール(Roll)角で示してよく、少なくとも左右の向きを示すピッチ角が含まれる。またこれらの角度は、所定の基準方向に対する角度で示すことができ、例えば、前記基準方向が、運転者の正面方向に設定されてもよい。 The direction of the driver's face is, for example, a pitch angle that is an angle (up and down direction) around the driver's face X axis (right and left axis) and an angle (right and left around the face Y axis (upper and lower axis) (Yaw) angle, which is the orientation of), and a Roll angle, which is the angle (right and left inclination) around the Z axis (front and rear axis) of the face, including at least the pitch angle indicating the left and right orientation. . Further, these angles can be indicated by angles with respect to a predetermined reference direction, and for example, the reference direction may be set in the front direction of the driver.
 また、運転者の視線の向きは、例えば、運転者の顔の向きと、目領域の情報(目頭、眼尻及び瞳孔の位置など)との関係から推定される、3次元座標上における視線ベクトルV(3次元ベクトル)などで示すことができる。視線ベクトルVは、例えば、運転者の顔のX軸(左右軸)回りの角度(上下の向き)であるピッチ角、顔のY軸(上下軸)回りの角度(左右の向き)であるヨー角、及び顔のZ軸(前後軸)回りの角度(左右傾き)であるロール角のうち、少なくとも1つと、前記目領域の情報とから推定されたものでもよい。また、視線ベクトルVは、その3次元ベクトルの一部の値を顔の向きのベクトルの値と共通(例えば、3次元座標の原点を共通)にして示したり、顔の向きのベクトルを基準とした相対角度(顔の向きのベクトルの相対値)で示したりしてもよい。 In addition, the direction of the driver's line of sight is, for example, a line-of-sight vector on a three-dimensional coordinate estimated from the relationship between the direction of the driver's face and the information of the eye area (eg, positions of eyes, corners and pupils) It can be indicated by V (three-dimensional vector) or the like. The line-of-sight vector V is, for example, a pitch angle that is an angle (vertical direction) around the X axis (horizontal axis) of the driver's face, a yaw that is an angle (horizontal direction) around the face Y axis (vertical axis) The information may be estimated from at least one of a corner and a roll angle which is an angle (right and left inclination) about the Z axis (front and rear axis) of the face and the information of the eye area. Also, the line-of-sight vector V indicates a part of the value of the three-dimensional vector in common with the value of the vector of the face direction (for example, common to the origin of the three-dimensional coordinates) It may be indicated by the relative angle (relative value of vector of face orientation).
 時刻t0検出部22は、角速度センサ13で検出された角速度データが所定の角速度閾値ωthを超えた時刻t0を検出する処理を行う。 The time t0 detection unit 22 performs a process of detecting a time t0 at which the angular velocity data detected by the angular velocity sensor 13 exceeds a predetermined angular velocity threshold value ωth.
 車速演算部23は、GPS受信機15で検出された位置(経度、緯度)データを用いて、車両2の速度を演算する処理を行う。 The vehicle speed calculation unit 23 performs processing of calculating the speed of the vehicle 2 using position (longitude, latitude) data detected by the GPS receiver 15.
 時刻t0取消部24は、時刻t0検出部22で検出された時刻t0における車両2の車速が所定速度以上である場合、時刻t0を取り消す処理を行う。また、時刻t0検出部22で検出された時刻t0が、前回検出された時刻t0’から所定時間以上経過していない場合、換言すれば、時刻t0の検出間隔が所定時間未満である場合、今回の時刻t0を取り消す処理を行ってもよい。 The time t0 cancellation unit 24 cancels the time t0 when the vehicle speed of the vehicle 2 at the time t0 detected by the time t0 detection unit 22 is equal to or higher than a predetermined speed. In addition, if time t0 detected by time t0 detection unit 22 has not passed a predetermined time or more from time t0 'detected last time, in other words, if the detection interval at time t0 is less than a predetermined time, this time A process of canceling time t0 of may be performed.
 記憶部30は、画像情報記憶部31、慣性データ記憶部32、位置データ記憶部33、プログラム記憶部34を含んで構成されている。慣性データ記憶部32と位置データ記憶部33は、本発明の「車両挙動記憶部」の一例である。 The storage unit 30 includes an image information storage unit 31, an inertia data storage unit 32, a position data storage unit 33, and a program storage unit 34. The inertia data storage unit 32 and the position data storage unit 33 are examples of the “vehicle behavior storage unit” in the present invention.
 記憶部30は、例えば、Random Access Memory(RAM)、Read Only Memory(ROM)、フラッシュメモリ、ソリッドステートドライブ(SSD)、ハードディスクドライブ(HDD)など、1つ以上の記憶装置で構成されている。また、記憶部30は、メモリーカードなどの着脱可能な記憶装置を含んで構成してもよい。なお、制御部20がRAM及びROMを含んで構成してもよい。 The storage unit 30 includes, for example, one or more storage devices such as a random access memory (RAM), a read only memory (ROM), a flash memory, a solid state drive (SSD), and a hard disk drive (HDD). In addition, the storage unit 30 may include a removable storage device such as a memory card. The control unit 20 may be configured to include a RAM and a ROM.
 画像情報記憶部31には、制御部20の画像情報検出部21で、画像解析などにより検出された運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの向きを含む情報が記憶される。 The image information storage unit 31 stores information including at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction detected by image analysis or the like by the image information detection unit 21 of the control unit 20.
 慣性データ記憶部32には、角速度センサ13で検出された角速度データなどが記憶される。位置データ記憶部33には、GPS受信機15で検出された位置(経度、緯度)データが記憶される。プログラム記憶部34には、制御部20で実行される各種プログラムが記憶される。 The inertial data storage unit 32 stores angular velocity data and the like detected by the angular velocity sensor 13. The position data storage unit 33 stores position (longitude, latitude) data detected by the GPS receiver 15. The program storage unit 34 stores various programs to be executed by the control unit 20.
 車載装置10は、上記した各部が1つの筐体内に収納された、コンパクトな構成にすることが可能である。その場合における車載装置10の車内設置箇所は、カメラ部11で少なくとも運転者の顔を含む視野を撮像できる位置であれば、特に限定されない。車載装置10は、例えば車両2のダッシュボード中央付近の他、ハンドルコラム部分、メーターパネル付近、ルームミラー近傍位置、又はAピラー部分などに設置されてもよい。また、カメラ部11の仕様(例えば、画角や画素数(縦×横)など)及び位置姿勢(例えば、取付角度や所定の原点(ハンドル中央位置など)からの距離など)を含む情報がカメラ部11又は記憶部30に記憶されてもよい。また、カメラ部11は、車載装置10と一体に構成される形態の他、車載装置10に外付けされる形態であってもよい。 The in-vehicle apparatus 10 can be configured in a compact configuration in which the above-described units are accommodated in one case. The in-vehicle installation location of the in-vehicle device 10 in that case is not particularly limited as long as the camera unit 11 can capture a field of view including at least the face of the driver. The in-vehicle device 10 may be installed, for example, in the steering wheel column, in the vicinity of a meter panel, in the vicinity of a rearview mirror, or in the A-pillar portion, in addition to the center of the dashboard of the vehicle 2. In addition, the information including the specifications (for example, angle of view, number of pixels (vertical x horizontal), etc.) and position and orientation (for example, mounting angle, distance from a predetermined origin (such as handle center position), etc.) It may be stored in the unit 11 or the storage unit 30. Further, the camera unit 11 may be externally attached to the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in addition to the embodiment integrally formed with the in-vehicle apparatus 10.
 図3は、実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1で用いられるサーバ装置40のハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
 実施の形態に係るサーバ装置40は、例えば、通信ユニット41、制御ユニット50、記憶ユニット70を含んで構成されている。
FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the server device 40 used in the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1).
The server device 40 according to the embodiment includes, for example, a communication unit 41, a control unit 50, and a storage unit 70.
 通信ユニット41は、通信ネットワーク3を介して、車載装置10や事業者端末80などの外部装置との間で各種のデータや信号を送信したり、受信したりするための通信制御を行う装置で構成されている。 The communication unit 41 is a device that performs communication control for transmitting and receiving various data and signals to and from external devices such as the in-vehicle device 10 and the business operator terminal 80 via the communication network 3. It is configured.
 制御ユニット50は、交差点推定部51、情報取得部56、安全確認評価部57を含んで構成されている。制御ユニット50は、例えば、CPUなどの1つ以上のハードウェアプロセッサを含んで構成されている。安全確認評価部57は、本発明の「評価部」の一例である。 The control unit 50 includes an intersection estimation unit 51, an information acquisition unit 56, and a safety check evaluation unit 57. The control unit 50 includes, for example, one or more hardware processors such as a CPU. The safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 is an example of the “evaluation unit” in the present invention.
 記憶ユニット70は、画像情報蓄積部73、評価情報記憶部74、プログラム記憶部75を含んで構成され、さらに慣性データ蓄積部71と位置データ蓄積部72を含んで構成されてよい。記憶ユニット70は、例えば、HDD、SSDなど、1つ以上の大容量記憶装置で構成されている。 The storage unit 70 includes an image information storage unit 73, an evaluation information storage unit 74, and a program storage unit 75, and may further include an inertial data storage unit 71 and a position data storage unit 72. The storage unit 70 is configured of, for example, one or more mass storage devices such as HDDs and SSDs.
 慣性データ蓄積部71には、車載装置10から取得した角速度データ(時刻t0のデータなども含む)などが蓄積される。位置データ蓄積部72には、車載装置10から取得した、GPS受信機15で検出された位置データ(経度、緯度)などが蓄積される。画像情報蓄積部73には、車載装置10から取得した、前記向き情報を含む画像情報が蓄積される。評価情報記憶部74には、各交差点での運転者の安全確認動作の評価結果などの情報が記憶される。また、プログラム記憶部75には、制御ユニット50で実行される各種プログラムが記憶される。 The inertial data storage unit 71 stores angular velocity data (including data at time t0) acquired from the in-vehicle device 10, and the like. The position data storage unit 72 stores position data (longitude, latitude) and the like detected by the GPS receiver 15 acquired from the in-vehicle device 10. The image information storage unit 73 stores image information including the direction information acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10. The evaluation information storage unit 74 stores information such as the evaluation result of the driver's safety check operation at each intersection. The program storage unit 75 also stores various programs to be executed by the control unit 50.
 制御ユニット50は、車載装置10から取得した各種データを記憶ユニット70に記憶する処理を行う。また、制御ユニット50は、記憶ユニット70に記憶された各種データやプログラムを読み出して、該プログラムを実行することで、交差点推定部51、安全確認評価部57などの動作を実現する。 The control unit 50 performs processing of storing various data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 in the storage unit 70. Further, the control unit 50 reads out various data and programs stored in the storage unit 70 and executes the program to realize the operations of the intersection estimation unit 51, the safety check evaluation unit 57, and the like.
 図4は、サーバ装置40が備えている交差点推定部51の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
 交差点推定部51は、積分値演算部52と、時刻t5検出部53とを含み、さらに時刻t5検出取り止め部54と、方向推定部55とを含んで構成されてよい。交差点推定部51は、記憶ユニット70の慣性データ蓄積部71に記憶された車両2の角速度データに基づいて、車両2の交差点への進入時刻を推定する処理を行う。
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the intersection estimation unit 51 provided in the server device 40. As shown in FIG.
The intersection estimation unit 51 may include the integral value calculation unit 52 and the time t5 detection unit 53, and may further include the time t5 detection stop unit 54 and the direction estimation unit 55. The intersection estimation unit 51 performs processing of estimating the time of entry of the vehicle 2 into the intersection based on the angular velocity data of the vehicle 2 stored in the inertia data storage unit 71 of the storage unit 70.
 積分値演算部52は、交差点通過時刻を示す時刻t0の前後所定時間の角速度データの積分値を演算する。時刻t5検出部53は、積分値演算部52で演算された積分値が、所定の積分比率に到達した時刻t5を検出し、当該時刻t5を交差点への進入時刻として推定する処理を行う。 The integral value calculator 52 calculates an integral value of angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0 indicating a crossing intersection time. The time t5 detection unit 53 detects a time t5 at which the integral value calculated by the integral value calculation unit 52 has reached a predetermined integration ratio, and performs a process of estimating the time t5 as an entry time to an intersection.
 時刻t5検出取り止め部54は、積分値演算部52で演算された積分値が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にない場合に、時刻t5検出部53による進入時刻t5の検出を取り止める処理を行う。 The time t5 detection stop unit 54 performs processing to stop the detection of the entry time t5 by the time t5 detection unit 53 when the integral value calculated by the integral value calculation unit 52 is not within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle. .
 方向推定部55は、積分値演算部52で演算された積分値の正負に基づいて、車両2の右左折方向を推定する。本実施の形態の一例では、積分値が正の場合、右折と推定し、積分値が負の場合、左折と推定する。 The direction estimating unit 55 estimates the turning direction of the vehicle 2 based on the positive and negative of the integrated value calculated by the integrated value calculating unit 52. In an example of the present embodiment, when the integral value is positive, it is estimated to be right turn, and when the integral value is negative, it is estimated to be left turn.
 図5は、サーバ装置40が備えている安全確認評価部57の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。
 安全確認評価部57は、交差点推定部51で推定された進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。安全確認評価部57は、第1検出部58、第1評価部59、第2評価部60、第3評価部61、及び評価点算出部62を含んで構成され、さらに、第2検出部63と評価対象除外部64とを含んで構成されてもよい。
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 provided in the server device 40. As shown in FIG.
The safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 performs processing for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51. The safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 includes a first detection unit 58, a first evaluation unit 59, a second evaluation unit 60, a third evaluation unit 61, and an evaluation point calculation unit 62, and further, a second detection unit 63. And the evaluation target exclusion unit 64 may be configured.
 第1検出部58は、画像情報蓄積部73に蓄積された前記向き情報に基づいて、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内における運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する。例えば、第1検出部58は、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内に取得された前記向き情報の経時変化を検出する。 Based on the direction information stored in the image information storage unit 73, the first detection unit 58 swings at least one of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight direction within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. Detect angle and swing time. For example, the first detection unit 58 detects a change with time of the direction information acquired within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5.
 第1評価部59は、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。例えば、第1評価部59では、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間に、右方向の安全確認と、左方向の安全確認とが行われたかを判定する。なお、左右の各方向の検出順序は問わない。 The first evaluation unit 59 performs processing for evaluating the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time t5. For example, the first evaluation unit 59 determines whether the safety confirmation in the right direction and the safety confirmation in the left direction have been performed at a predetermined time before the entry time t5. The order of detection in each of the left and right directions is not limited.
 前記右方向の安全確認については、[評価項目1]右方向への振り角度が所定角度以上であるかを判定し、また、[評価項目2]前記所定角度以上の状態が所定時間以上継続しているかを判定する。同様に、前記左方向の安全確認については、[評価項目3]左方向への振り角度が所定角度以上であるかを判定し、また、[評価項目4]前記所定角度以上の状態が所定時間以上継続しているかを判定する。 Regarding the safety confirmation in the right direction, it is determined whether the evaluation angle in the [evaluation item 1] right direction is equal to or more than a predetermined angle, and the condition in which the predetermined angle is equal to or more continues for a predetermined time or more. Determine if it is. Similarly, with regard to the safety check in the left direction, it is determined whether the swing angle in the left direction is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle, and that a state in which the tilt angle is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle is a predetermined time It is determined whether the above continues.
 第2評価部60は、進入時刻t5より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、交差点での進路変更方向、例えば、右折先又は左折先の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。例えば、第2評価部60では、進入時刻t5より後の所定時間に、進路変更方向に対する安全確認が行われたかを判定する。 The second evaluation unit 60 evaluates the course change direction at the intersection, for example, the safety check operation at the right turn or the left turn based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time t5. Do the processing. For example, the second evaluation unit 60 determines whether safety confirmation in the course change direction has been performed at a predetermined time after the entry time t5.
 前記進路変更方向の安全確認については、[評価項目5]右左折する進路変更方向への振り角度が所定角度以上であるかを判定し、[評価項目6]前記所定角度以上の状態が所定時間以上継続しているかを判定する。 Regarding safety confirmation of the course change direction, it is determined whether the swing angle in the course change direction to turn left or right is a predetermined angle or more [evaluation item 6] the state of the predetermined angle or more is a predetermined time It is determined whether the above continues.
 第3評価部61は、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の速度に基づいて、運転者の減速意識を評価する処理を行う。例えば、第3評価部61では、[評価項目7]進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の速度の最高値が、所定の上限速度以下であるかを判定することにより、減速意識の有無を評価する。 The third evaluation unit 61 performs a process of evaluating the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. For example, the third evaluation unit 61 determines the presence or absence of deceleration awareness by determining whether the maximum value of the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after [evaluation item 7] entry time t5 is equal to or lower than a predetermined upper limit speed. evaluate.
 評価点算出部62は、第1評価部59、第2評価部60、及び第3評価部61の評価に基づいて、交差点毎の評価点を算出する処理を行う。例えば、評価点算出部62は、上記した評価項目1から7の各項目で判定された評価点を合計して、交差点の評価点を算出し、算出した評価点を記憶ユニット70の評価情報記憶部74に記憶する処理を行う。 The evaluation point calculation unit 62 performs processing of calculating an evaluation point for each intersection based on the evaluation of the first evaluation unit 59, the second evaluation unit 60, and the third evaluation unit 61. For example, the evaluation point calculation unit 62 calculates the evaluation point of the intersection by totaling the evaluation points determined in each of the evaluation items 1 to 7 described above, and stores the calculated evaluation points in the evaluation information storage of the storage unit 70. The processing to be stored in the unit 74 is performed.
 第2検出部63は、画像情報蓄積部73に蓄積された前記向き情報に基づいて、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内における、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの上下の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する。例えば、第2検出部63は、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内に取得された前記向き情報の経時変化を検出する。 The second detection unit 63 is configured based on the direction information stored in the image information storage unit 73 to display at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. Swing angle and swing time are detected. For example, the second detection unit 63 detects a change with time of the direction information acquired within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5.
 評価対象除外部64は、第1検出部58及び第2検出部63での検出結果に基づいて、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間に、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度とともに、所定値以上の上下の振り角度が検出された場合、該上下の振り角度が検出されたときの前記向き情報を安全確認動作の評価対象から除外する処理を行う。所定値以上の上下の振り角度には、上下方向への脇見であると判定し得る角度を設定することができる。 The evaluation target exclusion unit 64 determines, based on the detection results of the first detection unit 58 and the second detection unit 63, at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the sight line at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5. When the upper and lower swing angles equal to or larger than a predetermined value are detected together with the left and right swing angles, processing for excluding the direction information when the upper and lower swing angles are detected from the evaluation object of the safety check operation is performed. For the upper and lower swing angles above the predetermined value, it is possible to set an angle that can be determined to be looking aside in the vertical direction.
 また、別の形態に係るサーバ装置40では、プレゼンテーション層として動作するWebサーバ、アプリケーション層として動作するアプリケーションサーバ、データベース層として動作するデータベースサーバを含む、クラウドサービスを提供可能な構成が適用されてもよい。なお、クラウドサービスを提供するためのサーバの構成は、上記した3層構造に限定されない。 In addition, in the server device 40 according to another embodiment, a configuration capable of providing a cloud service including a Web server operating as a presentation layer, an application server operating as an application layer, and a database server operating as a database layer is applied. Good. The configuration of the server for providing the cloud service is not limited to the three-layer structure described above.
 前記Webサーバは、通信ユニット41として動作するものであり、例えば、事業者端末80のブラウザから要求されたHTTPリクエストを処理して、前記アプリケーションサーバに該当する処理を指示したり、又は前記アプリケーションサーバから処理結果を受け取り、ブラウザを通じて事業者端末80に処理結果を提示したりする処理を行う。 The Web server operates as the communication unit 41. For example, the Web server processes an HTTP request requested from the browser of the business operator terminal 80, and instructs the application server to perform the corresponding processing, or the application server And the processing result is presented to the business entity terminal 80 through the browser.
 前記アプリケーションサーバは、制御ユニット50として動作するものであり、例えば、前記Webサーバからの要求に応じ、前記データベースサーバにアクセスして、処理に必要なデータの検索やデータの抽出を行い、交差点推定部51、安全確認評価部57などの処理を行う。 The application server operates as a control unit 50. For example, in response to a request from the web server, the application server accesses the database server to search for data necessary for processing and extract data, and estimate an intersection The processing of the part 51, the safety confirmation evaluation part 57, etc. is performed.
 前記データベースサーバは、記憶ユニット70として動作するものであり、例えば、車載装置10から取得した慣性データ、画像情報、評価情報を含む各種データを管理し、前記アプリケーションサーバからの要求に応じて、データの検索、抽出、保存などの処理を行う。 The database server operates as the storage unit 70. For example, the database server manages various data including inertia data, image information, and evaluation information acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10, and data is responded to the request from the application server. Search, extract, save, etc.
[動作例]
 図6は、実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1において、車両2が交差点で右左折したときの交差点進入時刻の推定方法を説明するためのタイミングチャートであり、車両2の角速度の経時変化の一例を示している。
[Operation example]
FIG. 6 is a timing chart for explaining a method of estimating the intersection approach time when the vehicle 2 turns left or right at the intersection in the safety check evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1). An example of change over time is shown.
 時刻t0は、車両2の角速度(ω)データから推定された交差点通過時刻を示している。時刻t5は、角速度データから推定された交差点進入時刻を示している。 Time t0 indicates the time when the vehicle passes through the intersection estimated from angular velocity (ω) data of the vehicle 2. Time t5 indicates an intersection approach time estimated from angular velocity data.
 時刻t0は、車両2の角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度下限値ωL未満の状態から所定の角速度閾値ωth以上となった時刻を示している。所定の角速度閾値ωthは、所定の角速度下限値ωLよりも大きな値に設定されている。角速度下限値ωLは、例えば、5dps~15dpsのいずれかの値、角速度閾値ωthは、例えば、15dps~50dpsのいずれかの値に設定することができる。所定の角速度下限値ωLは、例えば、車両2が走行車線(同一車線)内で蛇行走行しているときに検出される角速度値に設定してもよい。また、所定の角速度閾値ωthは、例えば、車両2が交差点を曲がっている(右左折中である)ときに検出される角速度値に設定してもよい。なお、時刻t0は、車載装置10で検出してもよいし、サーバ装置40で検出してもよい。 A time t0 indicates a time when the absolute value of the angular velocity of the vehicle 2 becomes equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth from the state where the absolute value is less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL. The predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth is set to a value larger than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL. The angular velocity lower limit value ωL can be set, for example, to any value of 5 dps to 15 dps, and the angular velocity threshold value ωth can be set to, for example, any value from 15 dps to 50 dps. The predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL may be set to, for example, an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is traveling meandering in the traveling lane (the same lane). Further, the predetermined angular velocity threshold value ωth may be set, for example, to an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is turning at an intersection (during turning to the left or right). The time t0 may be detected by the on-vehicle device 10 or may be detected by the server device 40.
 なお、車両2が交差点で右左折する場合、車両2は速度を落として走行する。そのため、時刻t0での車速が、所定の交差点上限速度以上である場合は、交差点を右左折中ではないと見做し、時刻t0を取り消してもよい。 When the vehicle 2 turns to the left or right at an intersection, the vehicle 2 travels at a reduced speed. Therefore, when the vehicle speed at time t0 is equal to or higher than a predetermined intersection upper limit speed, it may be considered that the intersection is not turning to the left or right, and time t0 may be cancelled.
 時刻t0での車速は、車載装置10のGPS受信機15で検出された位置データに基づいて、例えば、位置データの検出周期の移動距離(経緯度の変化)から算出される。この場合、角速度センサ13による角速度の検出周期は、GPS受信機15による位置データの検出周期よりも短い。したがって、時刻t0での位置データの誤差を少なくするため、時刻t0の直前に検出された位置データから演算した車速を、時刻t0での車速とすることが好ましい。 The vehicle speed at time t0 is calculated, for example, from the movement distance (change in latitude and longitude) of the detection cycle of the position data, based on the position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 of the on-vehicle apparatus 10. In this case, the detection cycle of the angular velocity by the angular velocity sensor 13 is shorter than the detection cycle of the position data by the GPS receiver 15. Therefore, in order to reduce the error of the position data at time t0, it is preferable to set the vehicle speed calculated from the position data detected immediately before time t0 as the vehicle speed at time t0.
 また、角速度データが角速度閾値ωth以上となった後の所定時間内、例えば1~3秒程度以下の短時間内に、角速度の向きが変化(正から負、または負から正に変化)した場合、交差点を右左折中ではない、例えば、急なハンドル操作で車線変更したと見做し、時刻t0を取り消してもよい。 Also, when the direction of the angular velocity changes (changes from positive to negative or from negative to positive) within a predetermined time after the angular velocity data becomes equal to or higher than the angular velocity threshold ωth, for example, within a short time of about 1 to 3 seconds For example, it may be considered that the lane has been changed due to a sudden steering operation and the time t0 may be canceled.
 また、時刻t0と、前回の交差点通過時刻t0’との間隔(時間)が、所定の閾値時間Th以上でない場合は、交差点を右左折中ではないと見做し、時刻t0を取り消してもよい。所定の閾値時間Thには、例えば、カーブが連続している道路を走行していると推定できる時間、例えば、10~20秒間程度の時間を設定することができる。 If the interval (time) between time t0 and the previous intersection passage time t0 'is not longer than a predetermined threshold time Th, the intersection may be considered not to be turning to the left and right, and time t0 may be cancelled. . As the predetermined threshold time Th, for example, it is possible to set a time that can be estimated that the vehicle is traveling on a road on which a curve is continuous, for example, a time of about 10 to 20 seconds.
 交差点進入時刻である時刻t5の推定方法は、まず、時刻t0の前後所定時間(±n秒間)の角速度データを、交差点進入時刻を推定するための分析データ範囲に設定する。すなわち、時刻t0は、分析データ範囲の中心点となっている。前記±n秒間は、例えば、±10~20秒間のいずれかの時間に設定できる。 The estimation method of the time t5 which is the intersection approach time first sets angular velocity data before and after the time t0 for a predetermined time (± n seconds) in an analysis data range for estimating the intersection approach time. That is, time t0 is the central point of the analysis data range. The ± n seconds can be set to any of ± 10 to 20 seconds, for example.
 次に、分析データ範囲の角速度データの積分値θを演算する。積分値θは、車両2が曲がった(右左折したときの)角度を示す。このときに、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度下限値ωL以上の角速度データのみを演算してもよい。角速度下限値ωLには、例えば、車両2が走行車線(同一車線)内で蛇行走行しているときに検出される角速度値を設定することができる。これにより、演算された積分値θに、蛇行走行などに伴う角速度の誤差成分が含まれないようにできる。 Next, the integral value θ of angular velocity data in the analysis data range is calculated. The integral value θ indicates the angle at which the vehicle 2 turns (turns to the left). At this time, only angular velocity data in which the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL may be calculated. For example, an angular velocity value detected when the vehicle 2 is traveling meandering in a traveling lane (the same lane) can be set as the lower limit angular velocity value ωL. As a result, it is possible to prevent the calculated integral value θ from including the error component of the angular velocity associated with the serpentine traveling or the like.
 角速度データの積分値θが、所定の積分比率θr(積分値θに対する比率)に到達した時刻を、時刻t5、すなわち交差点進入時刻として検出する。積分比率θrは、例えば、角速度データの積分値θの10%以下のいずれかの割合x%に設定することができる。なお、積分値θの値に応じて、積分比率θrの設定値を変更してもよいし、時刻t0-n秒間における角速度の変化状態に応じて、積分比率θrの設定値を変更してもよい。例えば、時刻t0-n秒間に、角速度下限値ωL以上で角速度閾値ωth未満の角速度データが検出された場合、積分比率θrを設定値よりも高い値に変更する構成にしてもよい。 The time at which the integral value θ of angular velocity data has reached a predetermined integral ratio θr (ratio to the integral value θ) is detected as time t5, that is, the intersection approach time. The integral ratio θr can be set, for example, to any ratio x% of 10% or less of the integral value θ of angular velocity data. The set value of the integral ratio θr may be changed according to the value of the integral value θ, or the set value of the integral ratio θr may be changed according to the change of the angular velocity at time t0-n seconds. Good. For example, when angular velocity data smaller than the angular velocity lower limit ωL and smaller than the angular velocity threshold ωth is detected during time t0-n seconds, the integration ratio θr may be changed to a value higher than the set value.
 上記角速度データの積分値θの絶対値は角度を示す。積分値θの絶対値が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にない場合、交差点ではないと見做し、時刻t5を取り消してもよい。所定の道路交差角度の範囲には、例えば、交差角度下限値から交差角度上限値の範囲(例えば、40度~120度)が設定されてもよい。 The absolute value of the integral value θ of the angular velocity data indicates an angle. If the absolute value of the integral value θ is not within the predetermined road intersection angle range, it may be regarded as not an intersection and the time t5 may be cancelled. For example, a range from the intersection angle lower limit value to the intersection angle upper limit value (for example, 40 degrees to 120 degrees) may be set in the range of the predetermined road intersection angle.
 また、分析データ範囲の角速度データの積分値θが正の値であれば右折、負の値であれば左折と判定することができる。そして、交差点への進入時刻t5が検出された後、時刻t5より前の所定時間内と、時刻t5より後の所定時間内とにおける運転者の安全確認動作がそれぞれ評価されるようになっている。 If the integrated value θ of angular velocity data in the analysis data range is a positive value, it can be determined that the vehicle is turned to the right, and if it is a negative value, the vehicle can be determined to be a left. Then, after the entry time t5 to the intersection is detected, the driver's safety confirmation operation in a predetermined time before the time t5 and in a predetermined time after the time t5 is evaluated. .
 図7は、実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置40で行われる安全確認動作の評価方法を説明するためのタイミングチャートである。図7(a)は、車両2の角速度ωの経時変化の一例と、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右(ヨー)方向の振り角度θyawの経時変化の一例を示している。図7(b)は、左右(ヨー)方向の振り角度θyawの経時変化の別の例を示し、図7(c)は、左右(ヨー)方向の振り角度θyawと上下(ピッチ)方向の振り角度θpitchの経時変化のさらに別の例を示している。 FIG. 7 is a timing chart for explaining the evaluation method of the safety check operation performed by the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1). FIG. 7A shows an example of the temporal change of the angular velocity ω of the vehicle 2 and an example of the temporal change of the swing angle θyaw in the left or right (yaw) direction of at least one of the driver's face direction and gaze direction. ing. FIG. 7 (b) shows another example of the temporal change of the swing angle θyaw in the left and right (yaw) direction, and FIG. 7 (c) shows the swing angle θyaw in the left and right (yaw) direction and the swing in the vertical (pitch) direction. The further another example of the time-dependent change of angle (theta) pitch is shown.
 交差点での安全確認動作の評価方法は、まず、交差点への進入時刻t5の前後所定時間(±m秒間)の向き情報を評価範囲に設定する。前記±m秒間は、例えば、±10~20秒間のいずれかの時間に設定できる。次に、記憶ユニット70の画像情報蓄積部73から、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間の向き情報を読み出し、向き情報の経時変化を検出する。例えば、時間的に連続する左右の振り角度の経時変化を検出する。 In the evaluation method of the safety confirmation operation at the intersection, first, direction information of a predetermined time (± m seconds) before and after the entry time t5 to the intersection is set in the evaluation range. The ± m seconds can be set to any of ± 10 to 20 seconds, for example. Next, from the image information storage unit 73 of the storage unit 70, the direction information of the predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 is read out, and the temporal change of the direction information is detected. For example, the temporal change of the left and right swing angle which is continuous in time is detected.
 図7の例では、縦軸の正の角度が、交差点で進行方向を切り替える方向(進路変更方向)の振り角度を示し、負の角度が、前記切り替える方向とは反対方向の振り角度を示しているものとする。例えば、交差点を右折する場合、正の角度は右方向の振り角度を示し、負の角度は左方向の振り角度を示す。振り角度の判定では、例えば、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかが判定条件を満たしていることを判定してもよい。 In the example of FIG. 7, the positive angle on the vertical axis indicates the swing angle in the direction (the course change direction) at which the traveling direction is switched at the intersection, and the negative angle indicates the swing angle in the direction opposite to the switching direction. It is assumed that For example, when making a right turn at an intersection, a positive angle indicates a swing angle in the right direction, and a negative angle indicates a swing angle in the left direction. In the determination of the swing angle, for example, it may be determined that at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight satisfies the determination condition.
 次に、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間(例えば、t5-m秒間)における、左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。 Next, processing is performed to evaluate the safety check operation on the left and right based on the swing angle and swing time on the left and right in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m second) before the entry time t5.
 図7の例では、t5-m秒間において、前記進路変更方向を示す正の振り角度が所定角度θp以上となっている時間を検出する[評価項目1]。所定角度θpには、例えば、30度~40度のいずれかの値が設定され得る。その結果、時刻taから時刻tbまでの時間x1が検出され、時間x1が振り時間となる。また、時間x1が所定時間(例えば、0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判定する[評価項目2]。 In the example of FIG. 7, a time during which the positive swing angle indicating the course change direction is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle θp is detected in t5-m seconds [evaluation item 1]. For example, any value of 30 degrees to 40 degrees may be set as the predetermined angle θp. As a result, time x1 from time ta to time tb is detected, and time x1 becomes the swing time. Further, it is determined whether the time x1 is equal to or more than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) [evaluation item 2].
 次に、t5-m秒間において、前記進路変更方向とは反対方向を示す負の振り角度が所定角度θm以上となっている時間を検出する[評価項目3]。所定角度θmには、例えば、30度~40度のいずれかの値が設定され得る。その結果、時刻tcから時刻tdまでの時間x2が検出され、時間x2が振り時間となる。また、時間x2が所定時間(例えば、0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判定する[評価項目4]。 Next, during t5-m seconds, a time during which a negative swing angle indicating a direction opposite to the direction of course change is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle θm is detected [Evaluation Item 3]. For example, any value of 30 degrees to 40 degrees may be set as the predetermined angle θm. As a result, time x2 from time tc to time td is detected, and time x2 becomes the swing time. Further, it is determined whether the time x2 is equal to or more than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) [evaluation item 4].
 次に、進入時刻t5より後の所定時間(例えば、t5+m秒間)における、左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、交差点で進行方向を切り替える方向の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。 Next, processing is performed to evaluate the safety check operation in the direction to switch the traveling direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time in a predetermined time (for example, t5 + m seconds) after the entry time t5.
 図7(a)の例では、t5+m秒間において、前記進路変更方向を示す正の振り角度が所定角度θp以上となっている時間を検出する[評価項目5]。その結果、時刻teから時刻tfまでの時間x3が検出され、時間x3が振り時間となる。次に、時間x3が所定の時間(例えば、0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判定する[評価項目6]。 In the example of FIG. 7A, a time during which the positive swing angle indicating the course change direction is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle θp is detected in t5 + m seconds [evaluation item 5]. As a result, time x3 from time te to time tf is detected, and time x3 becomes the swing time. Next, it is determined whether the time x3 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) [evaluation item 6].
 次に、t5±m秒間における車両2の速度に基づいて、運転者の減速意識を評価する処理を行う。車両2の速度は、例えば、車載装置10から取得した、車両2の位置データに基づいて演算する。そして、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の速度(例えば、最高値)が、所定の上限速度(例えば、15~30km/hのいずれかの速度)以下であるかを判定する[評価項目7]。 Next, based on the speed of the vehicle 2 in t5 ± m seconds, processing for evaluating the driver's deceleration awareness is performed. The speed of the vehicle 2 is calculated based on, for example, the position data of the vehicle 2 acquired from the in-vehicle device 10. Then, it is determined whether the speed (for example, the maximum value) of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is equal to or less than a predetermined upper limit speed (for example, any speed of 15 to 30 km / h) [evaluation item 7].
 上記評価項目1から7までの評価を行った後、交差点毎の評価点の算出を行う。例えば、上記した評価項目1から7の各項目の条件を満たしていれば、各項目で評価点(1点)を付与し、付与された上記7項目の評価点の合計値を交差点の評価点として算出し、算出した評価点を評価情報記憶部74に記憶する処理を行う。 After the evaluation items 1 to 7 are evaluated, the evaluation points for each intersection are calculated. For example, if the condition of each item of the evaluation items 1 to 7 described above is satisfied, an evaluation point (1 point) is given for each item, and the total value of the evaluation points of the 7 items given is the evaluation point of the intersection. Calculation processing is performed to store the calculated evaluation points in the evaluation information storage unit 74.
 なお、図7(a)の例が、交差点を右折しているときの例を示しているとすると、進入時刻t5より前の時間x1で右方向(右折方向の車、歩行者などの状況)が確認され、時間x2で左方向(対向車線の車の状況)が確認され、進入時刻t5より後の時間x3で右折方向(右折方向の車、歩行者などの状況)が確認されていることが判定できる。 Incidentally, assuming that the example of FIG. 7A shows an example when the intersection is turned to the right, the right direction (the situation of a car, a pedestrian, etc. in the right turn direction) at time x1 before the entry time t5. Is confirmed, the left direction (the situation of the car in the opposite lane) is confirmed at time x2, and the right turn direction (the situation such as the car or pedestrian in the right turn direction) is confirmed at time x3 after entry time t5. Can be determined.
 なお、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間における、左右の安全確認動作の順序は問わない。例えば、図7(b)に示すように、進入時刻t5より前の時刻tgから時刻thまでの時間x4で左方向(対向車線の車の状況)を確認し、時刻tiから時刻t5までの時間x5で右方向(右折方向の車、歩行者などの状況)を確認したまま、進入時刻t5より後の時刻t5から時刻tjまでの時間x6で右折方向を確認した場合でも、進入時刻t5の前に左右の安全確認動作が行われたものとして評価される。 In addition, the order of the safety check operation on either side in predetermined time before approach time t5 does not matter. For example, as shown in FIG. 7B, the left direction (the situation of the car in the opposite lane) is checked at time x4 from time tg to time th before entry time t5, and time from time ti to time t5 Even when the right turn direction is confirmed at time x6 from time t5 after time t5 to time tj while confirming the right direction (the situation such as a car or a pedestrian turning right) at x5, before the time t5 It is evaluated that right and left safety check operation was performed.
 また、図7(c)に示す例のように、時刻t5の前後所定時間において、左右(ヨー)方向の振り角度θyawとともに、所定の閾値θth以上の上下(ピッチ)方向の振り角度θpitchが検出された場合、時刻tkから時刻tmまでの時間x7の左右の振り角度を安全確認動作の評価対象から除外するようにしてもよい。所定の閾値θth以上のピッチ方向の振り角度が検出されている場合は、安全確認ではなく、よそ見をしている可能性が高いからである。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7C, in the predetermined time before and after time t5, the swing angle θ pitch in the vertical (pitch) direction equal to or larger than the predetermined threshold θ th is detected together with the swing angle θ yaw in the horizontal (yaw) direction. In this case, the left and right swing angles at time x7 from time tk to time tm may be excluded from the evaluation target of the safety check operation. When the swing angle in the pitch direction equal to or more than the predetermined threshold value θth is detected, it is not a safety check but the possibility of looking away is high.
 図8は、実施の形態(1)に係る車載装置10の制御部20が行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。本処理動作は、例えば、角速度センサ13で角速度が検出されるタイミング(例えば、33ms等の所定周期)で実行される。 FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 20 of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1). The present processing operation is performed, for example, at a timing at which the angular velocity sensor 13 detects an angular velocity (for example, a predetermined cycle such as 33 ms).
 ステップS1では、制御部20が、角速度センサ13で検出された角速度データを取得し、次のステップS2では、制御部20が、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度閾値ωth以上になったか否か、すなわち、所定の角速度下限値ωL未満の状態から、はじめて所定の角速度閾値ωth以上になったか否かを判断する。 At step S1, the control unit 20 acquires angular velocity data detected by the angular velocity sensor 13. At next step S2, the control unit 20 determines whether or not the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or greater than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth. That is, it is determined whether or not the angular velocity threshold value ωth is equal to or greater than the predetermined angular velocity threshold value ωth for the first time from the state of being less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL.
 ステップS2において、制御部20が、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度閾値ωth未満であると判断すればステップS10に進み、ステップS10では、取得した角速度データと、その検出時刻とを対応付けて慣性データ記憶部32に記憶する処理を行い、その後ステップS11に進む。 In step S2, if the control unit 20 determines that the absolute value of the angular velocity is less than the predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth, the process proceeds to step S10, and in step S10, the acquired angular velocity data is associated with its detection time to perform inertia. A process of storing the data in the data storage unit 32 is performed, and thereafter, the process proceeds to step S11.
 一方ステップS2において、制御部20が、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度閾値ωth以上であると判断すればステップS3に進む。ステップS3では、制御部20が、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度閾値ωth以上になった時刻t0(交差点通過時刻)を検出し、交差点通過フラグFを1にして、ステップS4に進む。 On the other hand, if the controller 20 determines in step S2 that the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or greater than the predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth, the process proceeds to step S3. In step S3, the control unit 20 detects time t0 (intersection passing time) when the absolute value of the angular velocity becomes equal to or greater than a predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth, sets the intersection passing flag F to 1, and proceeds to step S4.
 ステップS4では、制御部20が、時刻t0での車両2の速度(車速)を検出する。車速は、例えば、時刻t0の直前にGPS受信機15で検出された位置データに基づいて演算される。次のステップS5では、制御部20が、時刻t0での車速が所定の交差点上限速度以下であるか否かを判定する。所定の交差点上限速度には、例えば、交差点内で安全を確認するのに好ましい低速度の値を設定することができる。 In step S4, control unit 20 detects the speed (vehicle speed) of vehicle 2 at time t0. The vehicle speed is calculated based on, for example, position data detected by the GPS receiver 15 immediately before time t0. In the next step S5, the control unit 20 determines whether the vehicle speed at time t0 is equal to or less than a predetermined intersection upper limit speed. As the predetermined upper limit intersection speed, for example, it is possible to set a low speed value preferable for confirming safety in the intersection.
 ステップS5において、制御部20が、時刻t0での車速が所定の交差点上限速度以下であると判断すればステップS6に進む。ステップS6では、制御部20が、前回の交差点通過時刻(時刻t0’)を慣性データ記憶部32から読み出し、次のステップS7では、制御部20が、前回の時刻t0’から今回の時刻t0までの間隔(時間)が、所定時間以上経過しているか否かを判定する。前記所定時間には、車両2の角速度が短時間で変化する道路、例えば、ワインディングロードなどのカーブが連続している道路を走行していると推定できる時間(例えば、10~20秒間程度の値)を設定することができる。 In step S5, if the control unit 20 determines that the vehicle speed at time t0 is equal to or lower than a predetermined intersection upper limit speed, the process proceeds to step S6. In step S6, the control unit 20 reads the previous intersection passage time (time t0 ') from the inertia data storage unit 32, and in the next step S7, from the previous time t0' to the present time t0. It is determined whether or not the interval (time) of has exceeded a predetermined time. In the predetermined time, it is possible to estimate that the vehicle travels on a road on which the angular velocity of the vehicle 2 changes in a short time, for example, a road on which curves such as winding road are continuous (for example, a value of about 10 to 20 seconds) ) Can be set.
 ステップS7において、制御部20が、前回の時刻t0’から今回の時刻t0までの間隔が所定時間以上であると判断すればステップS8に進む。ステップS8では、制御部20が、取得した角速度データと、交差点通過時刻t0と、交差点通過フラグF=1とを対応付けて慣性データ記憶部32に記憶する処理を行い、ステップS11に進む。 In step S7, if the control unit 20 determines that the interval from the previous time t0 'to the current time t0 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S8. In step S8, the control unit 20 stores the acquired angular velocity data, the intersection passage time t0, and the intersection passage flag F = 1 in association with each other in the inertia data storage unit 32, and the process proceeds to step S11.
 一方ステップS5において、制御部20が、時刻t0での車速が所定の交差点上限速度より大きい、すなわち、交差点ではなく、カーブした道路(曲線道路)などを走行していると判断すればステップS9に進む。また、ステップS7において、制御部20が、前回の時刻t0’から今回の時刻t0までの間隔が、所定時間未満である、例えば、角速度が短時間で変化する道路を走行していると判断すれば、ステップS9に進む。 On the other hand, in step S5, if the control unit 20 determines that the vehicle speed at time t0 is higher than the predetermined intersection upper limit speed, that is, it travels a curved road (curved road) instead of the intersection. move on. In step S7, the control unit 20 determines that the interval from the previous time t0 'to the current time t0 is less than a predetermined time, for example, the vehicle travels on a road where the angular velocity changes in a short time. For example, it progresses to step S9.
 ステップS9では、制御部20が、ステップS3で検出した交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)を取り消す処理、この場合、交差点通過フラグFを0にして、その後ステップS10に進む。ステップS10では、制御部20が、ステップS1で取得した角速度データと、その検出時刻とを対応付けて、慣性データ記憶部32に記憶して、ステップS11に進む。 In step S9, the control unit 20 cancels the intersection passage time (time t0) detected in step S3. In this case, the intersection passage flag F is set to 0, and then the process proceeds to step S10. In step S10, the control unit 20 associates the angular velocity data acquired in step S1 with the detection time and stores the data in the inertia data storage unit 32, and the process proceeds to step S11.
 ステップS11では、制御部20が、慣性データ記憶部32に記憶された角速度データを、サーバ装置40に送信するタイミングになったか否か、例えば、前回の送信タイミングから所定時間(例えば、1分~5分程度の時間)が経過したか否かを判断し、送信タイミングになっていないと判断すれば、その後処理を終える一方、送信タイミングになったと判断すればステップS12に進む。 In step S11, it is determined whether or not it is time to transmit the angular velocity data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 to the server device 40, for example, a predetermined time (for example, 1 minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S12.
 ステップS12では、制御部20が、慣性データ記憶部32に記憶されたデータ(所定時間の角速度データ、その検出時刻、交差点通過時刻t0、交差点通過フラグFなどのデータ)をサーバ装置40に送信する処理を行い、その後処理を終える。なお、ステップS12において、慣性データ記憶部32に記憶されたデータとともに、位置データ記憶部33に記憶された位置データをサーバ装置40に送信してもよい。 In step S12, the control unit 20 transmits the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32 (angular velocity data for a predetermined time, data such as detection time, intersection passage time t0, intersection passage flag F, etc.) to the server device 40. Perform the process and then finish the process. In step S12, the position data stored in the position data storage unit 33 may be transmitted to the server device 40 together with the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32.
 一方、サーバ装置40は、車載装置10から送信されてきたデータを受信し、慣性データ蓄積部71に記憶する処理を行い、位置データを受信した場合は、位置データを記憶ユニット70の位置データ蓄積部72に記憶する処理を行う。 On the other hand, the server device 40 receives the data transmitted from the on-vehicle device 10, performs processing of storing the data in the inertial data storage unit 71, and stores the position data of the storage unit 70 when the position data is received. A process of storing in the unit 72 is performed.
 なお、上記ステップS1~S12の処理のうち、ステップS4、S5の処理が省略された構成としてもよいし、ステップS6、S7の処理が省略された構成としてもよいし、又はステップS4~S7及びステップS9の処理が省略された構成としてもよい。 Among the processes of steps S1 to S12, the processes of steps S4 and S5 may be omitted, or the processes of steps S6 and S7 may be omitted, or steps S4 to S7 and The process in step S9 may be omitted.
 また、ステップS12でのサーバ装置40へのデータ送信処理において、慣性データ記憶部32に記憶されたデータの他、位置データ記憶部33に記憶されたデータ、画像情報記憶部31に記憶されたデータを送信するようにしてもよい。 In addition to the data stored in the inertia data storage unit 32, the data stored in the position data storage unit 33 and the data stored in the image information storage unit 31 in the data transmission process to the server device 40 in step S12. May be sent.
 また、ステップS11とS12の処理を省略し、ステップS8とS10とで慣性データ記憶部32に記憶されたデータを、メモリーカードなどの着脱式記憶装置に記憶させて、走行後、前記メモリーカードに記憶されたデータを事業者端末80で読み込み、事業者端末80からサーバ装置40に送信する構成としてもよい。 Further, the processing in steps S11 and S12 is omitted, and the data stored in the inertial data storage unit 32 in steps S8 and S10 is stored in a removable storage device such as a memory card, and after traveling, the data is stored in the memory card. The stored data may be read by the provider terminal 80 and transmitted from the provider terminal 80 to the server device 40.
 図9は、実施の形態(1)に係る車載装置10の制御部20が行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。本処理動作は、例えば、カメラ部11で画像が撮像されるタイミング(例えば、毎フレーム、又は所定間隔のフレーム毎)で実行される。 FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 20 of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 according to the embodiment (1). This processing operation is performed, for example, at the timing when an image is captured by the camera unit 11 (for example, every frame or every frame at a predetermined interval).
 まず、ステップS21では、制御部20が、カメラ部11で撮像された画像を取得し、次のステップS22では、取得された画像から運転者の顔(例えば、顔の領域)を検出する処理を行い、その後ステップS23に進む。画像から顔を検出する手法は特に限定されないが、高速で高精度に顔を検出する手法を採用することが好ましい。 First, in step S21, the control unit 20 acquires an image captured by the camera unit 11, and in the next step S22, processing for detecting a driver's face (for example, a face area) from the acquired image is performed. Then, the process proceeds to step S23. Although the method of detecting the face from the image is not particularly limited, it is preferable to adopt the method of detecting the face at high speed and with high accuracy.
 ステップS23では、制御部20が、ステップS22で検出された顔の領域から、目、鼻、口、眉などの顔器官の位置や形状を検出する処理を行う。画像中の顔の領域から顔器官を検出する手法は特に限定されないが、高速で高精度に顔器官を検出できる手法を採用することが好ましい。例えば、制御部20が、3次元顔形状モデルを作成し、これを2次元画像上の顔の領域にフィッティングさせ、顔の各器官の位置と形状を検出する手法が採用され得る。この手法によれば、カメラ部11の設置位置や画像中の顔の向きなどに関わらず、正確に顔の各器官の位置と形状を検出することが可能となる。画像中の人の顔に3次元顔形状モデルをフィッティングさせる技術として、例えば、特開2007-249280号公報に記載された技術を適用することができるが、これに限定されるものではない。 In step S23, the control unit 20 performs processing for detecting the position and shape of face organs such as eyes, nose, mouth, and eyebrows from the area of the face detected in step S22. Although a method for detecting a face organ from a face area in an image is not particularly limited, it is preferable to adopt a method capable of detecting a face organ at high speed and with high accuracy. For example, a method may be employed in which the control unit 20 creates a three-dimensional face shape model, fits this to the area of the face on the two-dimensional image, and detects the position and the shape of each organ of the face. According to this method, it is possible to accurately detect the position and shape of each organ of the face regardless of the installation position of the camera unit 11 or the orientation of the face in the image. As a technique for fitting a three-dimensional face shape model to the face of a person in an image, for example, the technique described in JP-A-2007-249280 can be applied, but it is not limited thereto.
 次のステップS24では、制御部20が、ステップS23で求めた顔の各器官の位置や形状のデータに基づいて、運転者の顔の向きを検出する。例えば、上記3次元顔形状モデルのパラメータに含まれている、上下回転(X軸回り)のピッチ角、左右回転(Y軸回り)のヨー角、及び全体回転(Z軸回り)のロール角を運転者の顔の向きに関する情報として検出してもよい。 In the next step S24, the control unit 20 detects the direction of the driver's face based on the data of the position and shape of each organ of the face obtained in step S23. For example, the pitch angle of vertical rotation (around X axis), yaw angle of horizontal rotation (around Y axis), and roll angle of total rotation (around Z axis) included in the parameters of the three-dimensional face shape model It may be detected as information on the direction of the driver's face.
 ステップS25では、制御部20が、ステップS24で求めた運転者の顔の向き、及びステップS23で求めた運転者の顔器官の位置や形状、特に目の特徴点(目尻、目頭、瞳孔)の位置や形状に基づいて、視線の方向を検出し、その後ステップS26に進む。 In step S25, the control unit 20 determines the direction of the driver's face determined in step S24, and the position and shape of the driver's face organ determined in step S23, in particular the eye feature points (eye corners, eyes, pupil) The direction of the line of sight is detected based on the position and shape, and then the process proceeds to step S26.
 視線の方向は、例えば、様々な顔の向きと視線方向の目の画像の特徴量(目尻、目頭、瞳孔の相対位置、又は白目部分と黒目部分の相対位置、濃淡、テクスチャーなど)とを予め学習器を用いて学習し、これら学習した特徴量データとの類似度を評価することで検出してもよい。または、前記3次元顔形状モデルのフィッティング結果などを用いて、顔の大きさや向きと目の位置などから眼球の大きさと中心位置とを推定するとともに、瞳孔(黒目)の位置を検出し、眼球の中心と瞳孔の中心とを結ぶベクトルを視線方向として検出してもよい。 The direction of the line of sight is, for example, the direction of the face and the feature quantities of the eye image in the direction of the line of sight (eye corner, eye corner, relative position of pupil, or relative position between white eye and black eye, etc.) Learning may be performed using a learning device, and detection may be performed by evaluating the degree of similarity with the learned feature data. Alternatively, using the fitting result of the three-dimensional face shape model or the like, the size of the eye and the center position are estimated from the size and direction of the face and the position of the eye, and the position of the pupil (black eye) is detected. A vector connecting the center of the image and the center of the pupil may be detected as the gaze direction.
 ステップS26では、制御部20が、ステップS24で検出した運転者の顔の向きと、ステップS25で検出した運転者の視線の向きと(向き情報)を、当該画像及び撮像時刻と対応付けて、画像情報として画像情報記憶部31に記憶して、その後ステップS27に進む。 In step S26, the control unit 20 associates the direction of the driver's face detected in step S24, the direction of the driver's line of sight detected in step S25 (direction information) with the image and the imaging time, The image information is stored in the image information storage unit 31 as image information, and then the process proceeds to step S27.
 ステップS27では、制御部20が、画像情報記憶部31に記憶された画像情報を、サーバ装置40に送信するタイミングになったか否か、例えば、前回の送信タイミングから所定時間(例えば、1分~5分程度の時間)が経過したか否かを判断し、送信タイミングになっていないと判断すれば、その後処理を終える一方、送信タイミングになったと判断すればステップS28に進む。 In step S27, the control unit 20 determines whether it is time to transmit the image information stored in the image information storage unit 31 to the server device 40, for example, a predetermined time (for example, one minute to If it is determined that the transmission timing has not come, then the process ends, and if it is determined that the transmission timing has come, the process proceeds to step S28.
 ステップS28では、画像情報記憶部31に記憶された画像情報(所定時間の向き情報、その画像、及び撮像時刻などの情報)をサーバ装置40に送信する処理を行い、その後処理を終える。 In step S28, the process of transmitting the image information (the direction information of the predetermined time, the image thereof, and information such as the imaging time) stored in the image information storage unit 31 is performed to the server device 40, and the process ends.
 一方、サーバ装置40は、ステップS29において、車載装置10から送信されてきた画像情報を取得し、ステップS30で、画像情報を画像情報蓄積部73に記憶する処理を行う。 On the other hand, the server device 40 acquires the image information transmitted from the in-vehicle device 10 in step S29, and stores the image information in the image information storage unit 73 in step S30.
 なお、上記ステップS21~S28の処理のうち、ステップS24の処理が省略された構成としてもよいし、又はステップS25の処理が省略された構成としてもよい。また、ステップS27とS28の処理を省略し、ステップS26で画像情報記憶部31に記憶された画像情報を、メモリーカードなどの着脱式記憶装置に記憶させて、走行後、前記メモリーカードに記憶された情報を事業者端末80で読み込み、事業者端末80からサーバ装置40に送信する構成としてもよい。 Among the processes of steps S21 to S28, the process of step S24 may be omitted, or the process of step S25 may be omitted. Further, the processes of steps S27 and S28 are omitted, and the image information stored in the image information storage unit 31 in step S26 is stored in a removable storage device such as a memory card, and after traveling, stored in the memory card The provider information may be read by the provider terminal 80 and transmitted from the provider terminal 80 to the server device 40.
 図10は、実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置40における制御ユニット50の行う処理動作を示すフローチャートである。本処理動作は、例えば、車載装置10からデータを受信したタイミング(例えば、1分から5分程度の周期)で実行してもよいし、サーバ装置40側で定めた所定時間毎に実行してもよいし、事業者端末80から要求があった場合に実行してもよい。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the processing operation performed by the control unit 50 in the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1). This processing operation may be performed, for example, at the timing when data is received from the in-vehicle device 10 (for example, a cycle of about 1 to 5 minutes), or may be performed every predetermined time determined on the server device 40 side. It may be executed when there is a request from the business operator terminal 80.
 まずステップS31では、制御ユニット50が、記憶ユニット70の慣性データ蓄積部71に蓄積されたデータから、交差点通過フラグF=1が付されている交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)を抽出し、ステップS32に進む。ステップS32では、制御ユニット50が、交差点への進入時刻(時刻t5)を推定するための分析データ範囲として、時刻t0の前後所定時間(例えば、時刻t0±n秒)の角速度データを慣性データ蓄積部71から読み出し、ステップS33に進む。 First, in step S31, the control unit 50 extracts the intersection passage time (time t0) to which the intersection passage flag F = 1 is added from the data accumulated in the inertia data accumulation unit 71 of the storage unit 70, and step S32 Go to In step S32, the control unit 50 stores angular velocity data before and after time t0 for a predetermined time (for example, time t0 ± n seconds) as an analysis data range for estimating the entry time to the intersection (time t5). Then, the process proceeds to step S33.
 ステップS33では、制御ユニット50が、時刻t0の前後所定時間の角速度データを積分する処理を行う。当該積分処理では、角速度の絶対値が所定の角速度下限値ωL以上の角速度データのみを積分してもよい。所定の角速度下限値ωLには、例えば、車両2が走行車線(同一車線)内で蛇行走行しているときに検出される角速度を設定してもよい。 In step S33, the control unit 50 performs processing of integrating angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0. In the integration process, only angular velocity data may be integrated in which the absolute value of the angular velocity is equal to or higher than a predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL. For example, an angular velocity detected when the vehicle 2 travels meandering in a traveling lane (the same lane) may be set as the predetermined lower limit angular velocity value ωL.
 ステップS34では、制御ユニット50が、ステップS33で演算した角速度データの積分値θの絶対値(角度)が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にあるか否かを判断する。所定の道路交差角度の範囲には、例えば、交差角度下限値から交差角度上限値の範囲(例えば、40度~120度)が設定されてもよい。 In step S34, the control unit 50 determines whether the absolute value (angle) of the integral value θ of the angular velocity data calculated in step S33 is within the range of a predetermined road intersection angle. For example, a range from the intersection angle lower limit value to the intersection angle upper limit value (for example, 40 degrees to 120 degrees) may be set in the range of the predetermined road intersection angle.
 ステップS34において、制御ユニット50が、角速度データの積分値θの絶対値が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にないと判断した場合、交差点進入時刻(時刻t5)の検出を取り止めて、ステップS40に進む。所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にない場合とは、例えば、緩やかなカーブ又は急カーブの道路を走行している場合、或いは隣接車線へ車線変更した場合などである。 In step S34, when the control unit 50 determines that the absolute value of the integral value θ of the angular velocity data is not within the predetermined road intersection angle range, the detection of the intersection approach time (time t5) is canceled and step S40. Go to The case of not being within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle is, for example, when traveling on a road with a gently curved or a sharp curve, or when the lane is changed to an adjacent lane.
 一方、ステップS34において、制御ユニット50が、角速度データの積分値θの絶対値が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にあると判断すればステップS35に進む。ステップS35では、制御ユニット50が、角速度データの積分値が所定の積分比率θrに到達した時刻t5を検出する。次のステップS36では、制御ユニット50が、ステップS35で検出された時刻t5を交差点進入時刻と推定し、ステップS37に進む。 On the other hand, in step S34, if the control unit 50 determines that the absolute value of the integral value θ of the angular velocity data is within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle, the process proceeds to step S35. In step S35, the control unit 50 detects time t5 at which the integrated value of the angular velocity data has reached a predetermined integration ratio θr. In the next step S36, the control unit 50 estimates time t5 detected in step S35 as the intersection approach time, and the process proceeds to step S37.
 所定の積分比率θrは、積分値θの10%以下のいずれかの割合x%に設定してもよい。例えば、ステップS33で演算した積分値θの絶対値、すなわち角度が90度であった場合、所定の積分比率θrがx%に到達した時刻t5とは、角度が90×(x/100)度になった時刻であり、この時刻を交差点への進入時刻として推定する。 The predetermined integration ratio θr may be set to any ratio x% of 10% or less of the integration value θ. For example, when the absolute value of the integral value θ calculated in step S33, ie, the angle is 90 degrees, the angle is 90 × (x / 100) degrees with respect to the time t5 when the predetermined integration ratio θr reaches x%. This time is estimated as the time of approach to the intersection.
 ステップS37では、制御ユニット50が、ステップS33で演算した積分値θの正負に基づいて、車両2の右左折方向(右折又は左折)を判定する。次のステップS38では、制御ユニット50が、車両2の進入時刻(時刻t5)と右左折方向とを対応付けて、評価情報記憶部74に記憶し、ステップS39に進む。 In step S37, the control unit 50 determines the right / left turn direction (right turn or left turn) of the vehicle 2 based on the positive / negative of the integral value θ calculated in step S33. In the next step S38, the control unit 50 associates the entry time (time t5) of the vehicle 2 with the turning direction and stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and the process proceeds to step S39.
 ステップS39では、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行い、その後ステップS40に進む。ステップS39の処理の内容は、図11を用いて説明する。 In step S39, the control unit 50 performs a process of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5, and then proceeds to step S40. The contents of the process of step S39 will be described with reference to FIG.
 ステップS40では、制御ユニット50が、次の交差点通過時刻t0があるか否かを判断し、次の交差点通過時刻t0があると判断すれば、ステップS31に戻り、すべての交差点通過時刻t0の抽出が終了するまで処理を繰り返す。一方、次の交差点通過時刻t0がない、すなわち、蓄積されたデータから交差点通過時刻t0の抽出が全て終了したと判断すれば、その後処理を終える。 In step S40, the control unit 50 determines whether or not there is the next intersection passage time t0, and if it is determined that there is the next intersection passage time t0, the process returns to step S31 to extract all the intersection passage times t0. Repeat the process until is complete. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no next intersection passage time t0, that is, it is determined from the accumulated data that all the intersection passage time t0 has been extracted, the process is ended thereafter.
 図11は、実施の形態(1)に係るサーバ装置40における制御ユニット50の行う安全確認動作の評価処理動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、この評価処理動作に先立って交差点の評価点(合計値)Kがクリアされる。 FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the evaluation processing operation of the safety confirmation operation performed by the control unit 50 in the server device 40 according to the embodiment (1). The evaluation point (total value) K at the intersection is cleared prior to this evaluation processing operation.
 まず、ステップS41では、制御ユニット50が、評価情報記憶部74から進入時刻t5と右左折方向を読み出し、次のステップS42では、画像情報蓄積部73から進入時刻t5の前後所定時間(±m秒間)の向き情報を読み出し、その後ステップS43に進む。 First, in step S41, the control unit 50 reads out the entry time t5 and the turning direction from the evaluation information storage unit 74, and in the next step S42, a predetermined time (± m seconds) before and after the entry time t5 from the image information storage unit 73. And the process proceeds to step S43.
 ステップS43では、制御ユニット50が、ステップS42で読み出した向き情報の経時変化を検出する。例えば、前記向き情報を基に、時間的に連続する左右の振り角度の経時変化を検出する。このとき、進路変更方向の振り角度が正となるように設定してもよい。その後ステップS44に進む。 At step S43, the control unit 50 detects a change with time of the direction information read at step S42. For example, based on the direction information, the temporal change of the temporally successive swing angles is detected. At this time, the swing angle in the course change direction may be set to be positive. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S44.
 ステップS44では、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間(例えば、t5-m秒間)において、正の振り角度が所定角度θp以上となっている時間x1が検出された否かを判断する。前記所定角度θpは、安全確認をしたと見做せる角度に設定される。 In step S44, control unit 50 determines whether or not time x1 in which the positive swing angle is equal to or greater than predetermined angle θp is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m seconds) prior to entry time t5. Do. The predetermined angle θp is set to an angle at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed.
 ステップS44において、時間x1が検出されたと判断すれば、ステップS45に進み、ステップS45では、制御ユニット50が、時間x1における、顔の向き又は視線の向きを示すピッチ角が、所定値(閾値θth)未満であるか否かを判定する。前記ピッチ角の所定値は、上下方向によそ見をしていると見做せる角度に設定される。 In step S44, if it is determined that the time x1 is detected, the process proceeds to step S45, and in step S45, the pitch angle indicating the face direction or the line of sight direction at time x1 is a predetermined value (threshold θth ) Is determined. The predetermined value of the pitch angle is set to an angle that can be regarded as looking in the vertical direction.
 ステップS45において、時間x1における前記ピッチ角が所定値未満であると判断すれば、ステップS46に進み、ステップS46では、制御ユニット50が、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS47に進む。 If it is determined in step S45 that the pitch angle at time x1 is less than the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S46. In step S46, the control unit 50 adds 1 to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S47.
 次にステップS47では、制御ユニット50が、時間x1が、安全確認をしたと見做せる所定時間(例えば0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判断し、時間x1が所定時間以上であると判断すれば、ステップS48に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS49に進む。 Next, in step S47, the control unit 50 determines whether the time x1 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S48, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S49.
 一方ステップS44において、時間x1が検出されていないと判断すれば、ステップS49に進む。また、ステップS45において、時間x1における前記ピッチ角が所定値以上であると判断すれば、ステップS49に進む。また、ステップS47において、時間x1が所定時間未満であると判断すれば、ステップS49に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S44 that the time x1 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S49. If it is determined in step S45 that the pitch angle at time x1 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S49. If it is determined in step S47 that the time x1 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S49.
 ステップS49では、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5より前の所定時間(例えば、t5-m秒間)において、負の振り角度が所定角度θm以上となっている時間x2が検出されたか否かを判断する。前記負の振り角度は、前記進路変更方向とは反対方向の振り角度を示す。 In step S49, the control unit 50 determines whether or not a time x2 in which the negative swing angle is equal to or greater than a predetermined angle θm is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5-m seconds) before the entry time t5. Do. The negative swing angle indicates a swing angle in the direction opposite to the course change direction.
 ステップS49において、制御ユニット50が、時間x2が検出されたと判断すれば、ステップS50に進み、時間x2における、顔の向き又は視線の向きを示すピッチ角が、所定値未満であるか否かを判定する。ステップS50において、制御ユニット50が、時間x2における前記ピッチ角が所定値未満であると判断すれば、ステップS51に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS52に進む。 In step S49, if the control unit 50 determines that the time x2 is detected, the process proceeds to step S50, and whether the pitch angle indicating the face direction or the line of sight direction at the time x2 is less than a predetermined value judge. In step S50, if the control unit 50 determines that the pitch angle at time x2 is less than the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S51, where 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S52.
 次にステップS52では、制御ユニット50が、時間x2が、安全確認をしたと見做せる所定時間(例えば0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判断し、時間x2が所定時間以上であると判断すれば、ステップS53に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS54に進む。 Next, in step S52, the control unit 50 determines whether or not the time x2 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S53, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S54.
 一方ステップS49において、時間x2が検出されていないと判断すれば、ステップS54に進む。また、ステップS50において、時間x2における前記ピッチ角が所定値以上であると判断すれば、ステップS54に進む。また、ステップS52において、時間x2が所定時間未満であると判断すれば、ステップS54に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S49 that the time x2 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S54. If it is determined in step S50 that the pitch angle at time x2 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S54. If it is determined in step S52 that the time x2 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S54.
 ステップS54では、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5より後の所定時間(例えば、t5+m秒間)において、正の振り角度が所定角度θp以上となっている時間x3が検出されたか否かを判断する。 In step S54, the control unit 50 determines whether or not the time x3 in which the positive swing angle is equal to or greater than the predetermined angle θp is detected in a predetermined time (for example, t5 + m seconds) after the entry time t5.
 ステップS54において、制御ユニット50が、時間x3が検出されたと判断すれば、ステップS55に進み、ステップS55では、制御ユニット50が、時間x3における、顔の向き又は視線の向きを示すピッチ角が、所定値未満であるか否かを判定する。ステップS55において、制御ユニット50が、時間x3における前記ピッチ角が所定値未満であると判断すれば、ステップS56に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS57に進む。 In step S54, if the control unit 50 determines that the time x3 is detected, the process proceeds to step S55. In step S55, the control unit 50 determines the face direction or the pitch angle indicating the direction of the line of sight at time x3. It is determined whether it is less than a predetermined value. In step S55, if the control unit 50 determines that the pitch angle at time x3 is less than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S56, where 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S57.
 次にステップS57では、制御ユニット50が、時間x3が、安全確認をしたと見做せる所定時間(例えば0.5~2秒間のいずれかの時間)以上であるかを判断し、時間x3が所定時間以上であると判断すれば、ステップS58に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS59に進む。 Next, in step S57, the control unit 50 determines whether the time x3 is equal to or longer than a predetermined time (for example, any time of 0.5 to 2 seconds) at which it is considered that safety has been confirmed. If it is determined that it is the predetermined time or more, the process proceeds to step S58, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S59.
 一方ステップS54において、時間x3が検出されていないと判断すれば、ステップS59に進む。また、ステップS55において、時間x3における前記ピッチ角が所定値以上であると判断すれば、ステップS59に進む。また、ステップS57において、時間x3が所定時間未満であると判断すれば、ステップS59に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S54 that the time x3 is not detected, the process proceeds to step S59. If it is determined in step S55 that the pitch angle at time x3 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value, the process proceeds to step S59. If it is determined in step S57 that the time x3 is less than the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S59.
 ステップS59では、制御ユニット50が、位置データ蓄積部72から進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の位置データを読み出し、該位置データを用いて、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間(例えば±m秒間)の車速を演算する。次のステップS60では、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の速度(例えば、最高値)が、交差点内での安全走行が可能な所定の上限速度以下であるかを判定する。 In step S59, the control unit 50 reads the position data of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 from the position data storage unit 72, and uses the position data to determine a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 (for example, ± m seconds) Calculate the vehicle speed of). In the next step S60, the control unit 50 determines whether the speed (for example, the maximum value) of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is less than or equal to a predetermined upper limit speed at which safe traveling in the intersection is possible. Do.
 ステップS60において、制御ユニット50が、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間の車速が所定の上限速度以下であると判断すれば、ステップS61に進み、評価点Kに1を加算し、ステップS62に進む。一方ステップS60において、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間の車速が所定の上限速度より大きいと判断すれば、その後ステップS62に進む。 In step S60, if the control unit 50 determines that the vehicle speed for a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is less than or equal to the predetermined upper limit speed, the process proceeds to step S61, 1 is added to the evaluation point K, and the process proceeds to step S62. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S60 that the vehicle speed for a predetermined time before or after the entry time t5 is greater than the predetermined upper limit speed, then the process proceeds to step S62.
 ステップS62では、制御ユニット50が、加算された合計の評価点K(最小0点、最大7点)を、当該交差点の評価点Kとして評価情報記憶部74に記憶して、その後処理を終える。評価情報記憶部74には、評価点Kと、当該交差点への進入時刻t5及び当該交差点の位置座標データとが対応付けて記憶されてもよい。 In step S62, the control unit 50 stores the added total evaluation points K (minimum 0 points, maximum 7 points) as the evaluation points K of the intersection in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and the process ends. In the evaluation information storage unit 74, the evaluation point K, the entry time t5 to the intersection, and the position coordinate data of the intersection may be stored in association with each other.
 なお、上記ステップS44からS48までの処理と、ステップS49からS53までの処理との順序が入れ替わってもよい。また、ステップS45、S50、S55の処理が省略されてもよい。 The order of the process from step S44 to step S48 and the process from step S49 to step S53 may be reversed. Also, the processes of steps S45, S50, and S55 may be omitted.
 実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1によれば、地図データベースなどの交差点情報を用いることなく、角速度データを用いた、簡素かつ低コストの構成で、車両2が交差点に進入した時刻を推定でき、推定された交差点への進入時刻t5を用いて、交差点への進入前と進入後における運転者の安全確認動作を、運転者の顔の向き及又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報に基づいて、適切に評価することができる。 According to the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1), the time when the vehicle 2 enters the intersection with a simple and low-cost configuration using angular velocity data without using intersection information such as a map database The driver's safety confirmation operation before and after entering the intersection can be estimated using the estimated time of entry t5 to the intersection, at least one of the driver's face direction and the line-of-sight direction. It can be evaluated appropriately based on the information.
 また、車載装置10で、角速度データが所定の角速度閾値ωthを超えた時刻t0が検出され、サーバ装置40で、時刻t0の前後所定時間の角速度データの積分値θが演算され、積分値θが所定の積分比率θrに到達した時刻t5が、交差点への進入時刻として推定されるので、車両2が交差点に進入した時刻を精度良く推定することができる。 Further, time t0 at which the angular velocity data exceeds the predetermined angular velocity threshold ωth is detected by the on-vehicle device 10, and the integral value θ of angular velocity data for a predetermined time before and after time t0 is calculated by the server device 40. Since the time t5 at which the predetermined integration ratio θr is reached is estimated as the time of entry to the intersection, the time of arrival of the vehicle 2 at the intersection can be accurately estimated.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、第1評価部59により、交差点への進入前における運転者の左右の安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。また、第2評価部60により、交差点への進入後における運転者の進路変更方向に対する安全確認動作を正確に評価することができる。さらに、第3評価部61により、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間における車両2の速度に基づいて、運転者の減速意識が評価されるので、交差点における運転者の安全確認意識を正確に評価することができる。さらに、これらの評価結果に基づいて、交差点毎の安全確認動作の評価点を算出することにより、交差点全体における安全確認動作をより高度に評価することができる。 Further, according to the server device 40, the first evaluation unit 59 can accurately evaluate the left and right safety confirmation operations of the driver before entering the intersection. In addition, the second evaluation unit 60 can accurately evaluate the safety confirmation operation with respect to the driver's course change direction after entering the intersection. Furthermore, since the driver's deceleration awareness is evaluated by the third evaluation unit 61 based on the speed of the vehicle 2 at a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5, the driver's safety confirmation awareness at the intersection is accurately evaluated. Can. Furthermore, by calculating the evaluation point of the safety confirmation operation for each intersection based on these evaluation results, the safety confirmation operation in the entire intersection can be evaluated more highly.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、進入時刻t5の前後所定時間に、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度とともに、所定値以上の上下の振り角度が検出された場合、該上下の振り角度が検出されたときの向き情報が安全確認動作の評価対象から除外される。したがって、運転者が、スマートフォンを操作して下を向いている場合などのよそ見をしている場合を前記評価対象から除外することができ、前記評価の精度を高めることができる。 Further, according to the server device 40, up and down swing angles equal to or greater than a predetermined value are detected along with the left and right swing angles of at least one of the driver's face direction and the gaze direction before and after the entry time t5. In this case, the direction information when the upper and lower swing angles are detected is excluded from the evaluation target of the safety check operation. Therefore, the driver can exclude the case of looking aside such as the case of operating the smartphone and looking downward, from the evaluation object, and the accuracy of the evaluation can be enhanced.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、積分値演算部52による積分値の演算に、所定の角速度下限値ωL未満の角速度データ、例えば、蛇行走行で検出される程度の小さな角速度データを含まないようにすることで、車両2が交差点で右左折するときの積分値をより精度良く演算することができる。 Further, according to the server device 40, the calculation of the integral value by the integral value calculation unit 52 does not include angular velocity data less than the predetermined angular velocity lower limit value ωL, for example, small angular velocity data to the extent that it is detected in meandering travel. By doing this, it is possible to more accurately calculate the integral value when the vehicle 2 turns left or right at the intersection.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、積分値θで示される角度が、所定の道路交差角度の範囲内にない場合、例えば、曲線道路の走行や隣接車線への車線変更など、交差点での右左折ではない場合は、交差点への進入時刻t5の検出を取り止めることができ、交差点の検出精度を高めることができる。 Further, according to the server device 40, when the angle indicated by the integral value θ is not within the range of the predetermined road intersection angle, for example, turning of a curved road or lane change to an adjacent lane, etc. If not, it is possible to cancel the detection of the entry time t5 to the intersection, and it is possible to improve the detection accuracy of the intersection.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、時刻t0検出部22で検出された時刻t0における車両2の速度が所定速度以上である場合、時刻t0が取り消されるので、カーブした道路での走行を交差点での右左折であると誤って検出されることを防止できる。 Further, according to the server device 40, when the speed of the vehicle 2 at the time t0 detected by the time t0 detection unit 22 is equal to or higher than the predetermined speed, the time t0 is canceled. It can prevent that it is detected accidentally that it is a left-right turn.
 また、サーバ装置40によれば、時刻t0が、前回検出された時刻t0’から所定時間以上経過していない場合、今回の時刻t0が取り消されるので、カーブが連続するような道路の走行する場合に、カーブした道路の走行が交差点への進入であると誤検出されることを防止できる。 Further, according to the server device 40, when the time t0 has not passed a predetermined time or more from the previously detected time t0 ', the current time t0 is cancelled, so when traveling on a road where curves continue In addition, it is possible to prevent the traveling on a curved road from being erroneously detected as an approach to an intersection.
 また、車載装置10によれば、サーバ装置40に、向き情報と車両挙動とを出力し、サーバ装置40に運転者の安全確認動作の評価を実行させることにより、車載装置10の処理負担を軽減することができ、また、その構成を簡略化することができ、車両2への後付けも容易に行うことができ、安全確認評価システム1を低コストで導入することができる。 Further, according to the in-vehicle apparatus 10, the processing load of the in-vehicle apparatus 10 is reduced by outputting the direction information and the vehicle behavior to the server apparatus 40 and causing the server apparatus 40 to evaluate the safety confirmation operation of the driver. Further, the configuration can be simplified, the vehicle 2 can be easily retrofitted, and the safety confirmation and evaluation system 1 can be introduced at low cost.
 次に実施の形態(2)に係る安全確認評価システムについて説明する。但し、実施の形態(2)に係る安全確認評価システム1Aの構成については、サーバ装置40Aを除いて、図1に示した実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1と略同様であるため、同一機能を有する構成には、同一符号を付し、その説明を省略する。 Next, a safety confirmation evaluation system according to the embodiment (2) will be described. However, the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation system 1A according to the embodiment (2) is substantially the same as the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1) shown in FIG. 1 except for the server device 40A. Therefore, the same symbol is attached to the configuration having the same function, and the description thereof is omitted.
 安全確認評価システム1Aでは、安全確認評価システム1と同様に、サーバ装置40Aが、各車載装置10から送信されてきた、運転者の状態、車両2の位置及び車両2の挙動を含む各種データを蓄積し、蓄積されたこれらデータを用いて、交差点における各運転者の安全確認動作の評価を実行する。サーバ装置40Aは、例えば、各車載装置10から取得したデータを用いて、各車両2の一日の運転が終了した後に、その日に通過した各交差点における安全確認動作の評価処理を実行してもよいし、又は一定期間毎に、該一定期間内に通過した各交差点における安全確認動作の評価処理を実行してもよい。 In the safety confirmation evaluation system 1A, like the safety confirmation evaluation system 1, the server device 40A transmits various data including the driver's state, the position of the vehicle 2, and the behavior of the vehicle 2 transmitted from each on-vehicle device 10 The accumulated and accumulated data are used to evaluate the safety confirmation operation of each driver at the intersection. For example, using the data acquired from each in-vehicle device 10, the server device 40A executes the evaluation processing of the safety confirmation operation at each intersection passed that day after the day-to-day driving of each vehicle 2 is completed. Alternatively, the evaluation process of the safety confirmation operation at each intersection passed within the fixed period may be executed at fixed intervals.
 図12は、実施の形態(2)に係る安全確認評価システム1Aで用いられるサーバ装置40Aのハードウェア構成の一例を示すブロック図である。但し、図3に示したサーバ装置40と同一機能を有する構成には同一符号を付し、その説明を省略する。 FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration of the server device 40A used in the safety check evaluation system 1A according to the embodiment (2). However, components having the same functions as those of the server device 40 shown in FIG.
 実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置40Aは、通信ユニット41、制御ユニット50A、及び記憶ユニット70Aを含んで構成されている。
 サーバ装置40Aが車載装置10から取得するデータには、交差点を通過する前後所定時間分のデータが含まれている。これらデータには、例えば、各車載装置10の識別情報、送信日時、運転者の顔の向き(ピッチ、ヨー、及びロール)、視線の方向(ピッチ、及びヨー)、車両の加速度(前後、左右、及び上下)、角速度(ピッチ、及びヨー)、運転者画像、車両の位置データ(経度、及び緯度)、及び車両の速度(車速)などが含まれている。
The server device 40A according to the embodiment (2) includes a communication unit 41, a control unit 50A, and a storage unit 70A.
The data acquired by the server device 40A from the in-vehicle device 10 includes data for a predetermined time before and after passing through the intersection. These data include, for example, identification information of each on-vehicle device 10, transmission date and time, face direction of driver (pitch, yaw, and roll), direction of sight line (pitch and yaw), acceleration of vehicle (back and forth, left and right And vertical), angular velocity (pitch and yaw), driver image, vehicle position data (longitude and latitude), and vehicle speed (vehicle speed).
 角速度データには、所定周期(例えば、66m秒毎)に取得されたデータが含まれている。角速度データは慣性データ蓄積部71に蓄積される。位置データには、所定周期(例えば、1秒毎)に取得されたデータが含まれ、車速データには、位置データを用いて求められた、例えば、毎秒ごとの車速データが含まれている。これら位置データと車速データとは、位置データ蓄積部72に蓄積される。 The angular velocity data includes data acquired in a predetermined cycle (for example, every 66 milliseconds). The angular velocity data is stored in the inertial data storage unit 71. The position data includes data acquired in a predetermined cycle (for example, every one second), and the vehicle speed data includes, for example, vehicle speed data every second obtained using the position data. The position data and the vehicle speed data are stored in the position data storage unit 72.
 サーバ装置40Aは、運転者の安全確認動作を評価する際に、交差点手前の所定地点における車両の車速に基づいて、道路の種類を判定し、該判定された道路の種類に応じて、安全確認動作の評価条件を切り替え、該切り替えられた評価条件に基づいて、運転者の安全確認動作を評価するように構成されている。 When evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver, the server device 40A determines the type of road based on the vehicle speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection, and the safety confirmation is performed according to the determined type of road. The evaluation condition of the movement is switched, and the driver's safety confirmation movement is evaluated based on the switched evaluation condition.
 制御ユニット50Aは、交差点推定部51、情報取得部56、及び安全確認評価部57Aの他、車速取得部65、道路種別判定部66、及び評価条件切替部67を含んで構成されている。 The control unit 50A includes a vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, a road type determination unit 66, and an evaluation condition switching unit 67, in addition to the intersection estimation unit 51, the information acquisition unit 56, and the safety check evaluation unit 57A.
 記憶ユニット70Aは、慣性データ蓄積部71、位置データ蓄積部72、画像情報蓄積部73、評価情報記憶部74、及びプログラム記憶部75の他、評価条件テーブル記憶部76を含んで構成されている。 The storage unit 70A includes an evaluation condition table storage unit 76 in addition to an inertial data storage unit 71, a position data storage unit 72, an image information storage unit 73, an evaluation information storage unit 74, and a program storage unit 75. .
 制御ユニット50Aの車速取得部65は、交差点手前の所定地点における車両の速度を取得する処理を実行する。交差点手前の所定地点は、例えば、車両の角速度から推定された交差点通過時刻(t0)より所定時間(tn秒)手前の地点であってもよいし、交差点通過時刻(t0)の地点より所定距離(Xn)手前の地点であってもよい。 The vehicle speed acquisition unit 65 of the control unit 50A executes processing for acquiring the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection. The predetermined point before the intersection may be, for example, a point before the intersection passing time (t0) estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle for a predetermined time (tn seconds), or a predetermined distance from the intersection passing time (t0) (Xn) It may be a point in front.
 道路種別判定部66は、車速取得部65により取得された車両の速度に基づいて、道路の種類を判定する処理を実行する。道路種別判定部66は、例えば、道路の種類として、幹線道路、又は生活道路であるかを判定する。 The road type determination unit 66 executes a process of determining the type of road based on the speed of the vehicle acquired by the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65. The road type determination unit 66 determines, for example, whether the road type is a main road or a living road.
 幹線道路には、例えば、一般国道、都道府県道、及び市町村道のような主要な道路が想定されている。生活道路には、例えば、各地域に生活する人が住宅などから幹線道路に出るまでに利用する道路が想定されている。 For the main roads, major roads such as general national roads, prefectural roads, and municipal roads are assumed. For example, roads used by people living in each area before leaving on a main road from a home or the like are assumed as living roads.
 道路の種類は、車両の速度から判定可能な種類であれば、種類の名称や種類の数は特に限定されない。例えば、道幅の広い道路、又は道幅の狭い道路でもよいし、低速道路、又は非低速道路などでもよいが、交差点での安全確認動作の違いを考慮して、道路の種類を設定することが好ましい。 The type of road is not particularly limited as long as the type of road can be determined from the speed of the vehicle. For example, a wide road, a narrow road, a slow road, or a non-low road may be used, but it is preferable to set the road type in consideration of the difference in safety check operation at intersections. .
 評価条件切替部67は、評価条件テーブル記憶部76に記憶されている評価条件テーブルを読み出し、この評価条件テーブルから、例えば、道路種別判定部66により判別された道路の種類に対応する評価条件を選択し、選択した評価条件に切り替える処理を実行する。なお、評価条件切替部67は、評価条件テーブルから、道路種別判定部66により判別された道路の種類と、他の項目(例えば、方向推定部55で推定された交差点で曲がった方向)とに対応する評価条件を選択し、選択した評価条件に切り替える処理を実行してもよい。 The evaluation condition switching unit 67 reads the evaluation condition table stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, and from this evaluation condition table, for example, the evaluation condition corresponding to the type of road determined by the road type determination unit 66 Execute processing to select and switch to the selected evaluation condition. Note that, from the evaluation condition table, the evaluation condition switching unit 67 selects the type of road determined by the road type determination unit 66 and the other items (for example, the direction bent at the intersection estimated by the direction estimation unit 55). A process of selecting the corresponding evaluation condition and switching to the selected evaluation condition may be executed.
 安全確認評価部57Aは、評価条件切替部67により切り替えられた、評価条件テーブルの評価条件に基づいて、各交差点における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を実行する。 The safety confirmation evaluation unit 57A executes a process of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver at each intersection based on the evaluation condition of the evaluation condition table switched by the evaluation condition switching unit 67.
 評価条件テーブル記憶部76には、道路の種類と交差点で曲がる方向との組み合わせ毎に評価条件が設定され、これら評価条件がテーブル化されて記憶されてもよい。 In the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, evaluation conditions may be set for each combination of the type of road and the direction of turning at an intersection, and these evaluation conditions may be tabulated and stored.
 図13は、評価条件テーブル記憶部76に記憶されている評価条件テーブル76aの一例を示すデータ構成図である。評価条件テーブル記憶部76には、道路の種類毎に、交差点で運転者が行うべき安全確認動作の評価条件が少なくとも1つ以上設定され、これら評価条件がテーブル化されて記憶されている。 FIG. 13 is a data configuration diagram showing an example of the evaluation condition table 76 a stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76. In the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, at least one evaluation condition of the safety check operation to be performed by the driver at the intersection is set for each type of road, and these evaluation conditions are stored in a table.
 図13に例示した評価条件テーブル76aの項目には、パターンナンバー、道路の種類、曲がる方向、第1評価セット、及び第2評価セットが含まれている。第1評価セット、及び第2評価セットには、交差点に進入する前後において運転者が行うべき確認動作及び評価タイミング(評価を行う期間)が含まれている。 The items of the evaluation condition table 76a illustrated in FIG. 13 include a pattern number, a road type, a turning direction, a first evaluation set, and a second evaluation set. The first evaluation set and the second evaluation set include a confirmation operation to be performed by the driver and an evaluation timing (period for performing the evaluation) before and after entering the intersection.
 なお、図13に示した評価条件テーブルは、日本等の自動車が左側通行である場合の一例である。自動車が左側通行の国と、自動車が右側通行の国とでは、右折と左折が逆になる。また、評価条件テーブルの内容は、各国による交通法規に適応した内容に設定することが好ましい。 The evaluation condition table shown in FIG. 13 is an example of a case where a vehicle such as Japan is passing on the left. In countries with cars on the left and vehicles with cars on the right, turning to the right and turning to the left are reversed. Moreover, it is preferable to set the contents of the evaluation condition table to contents adapted to traffic regulations by each country.
 道路の種類の項目には、予め類型化された道路の種類が記憶されている。図13に示した例では、道路の種類として生活道路及び幹線道路が記憶されているが、道路の種類はこれに限定されない。なお、交差点における信号の有無、または横断歩道の有無などの項目でさらに細かく類型化してもよい。また、曲がる方向の項目には、各道路の種類の交差点で曲がる方向、例えば、左折又は右折が記憶されている。 The type of road type is stored in advance in the item of type of road. In the example shown in FIG. 13, a living road and a main road are stored as the type of road, but the type of road is not limited to this. In addition, you may typify further by items, such as the presence or absence of the signal in an intersection, or the presence or absence of a pedestrian crossing. Further, in the item of the direction of turning, the direction of turning at an intersection of each road type, for example, a left turn or a right turn is stored.
 確認動作の項目には、各道路の種類の交差点を通過する際(例えば、進入前、又は進入後)に、運転者が安全確認すべき方向(右又は左)、確認すべき角度、及び時間などの項目が1つ以上記憶されている。確認すべき角度は、例えば、車両の正面方向に対する運転者の顔の向き、又は視線の方向を示す。また、第1評価セットの評価タイミングには、進入時刻t5を基準にして定義された開始時刻(t5-mα秒)と終了時刻(t5-mβ秒)(なお、mα>mβ)とが設定されている。第2評価セットの評価タイミングには、進入時刻t5を基準にして定義された開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)と終了時刻(t5+mδ秒)とが設定されている。mα秒、mβ秒、mγ秒、及びmδ秒には、図13にm1からm16として示すように、パターンナンバー、即ち、道路の種類や曲がる方向毎に異なる時間が設定されてもよい。mα秒、mβ秒、mγ秒、及びmδ秒は、例えば、それぞれ、0から20秒のいずれかの時間に設定され得るが、これらの時間に限定されない。 In the item of confirmation operation, when passing an intersection of each road type (for example, before entering or after entering), the direction (right or left) where the driver should safely confirm, the angle to be confirmed, and the time One or more items such as are stored. The angle to be confirmed indicates, for example, the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight with respect to the front direction of the vehicle. In addition, a start time (t5-mα seconds) and an end time (t5-mβ seconds) (note that mα> mβ) defined based on the entry time t5 are set as the evaluation timing of the first evaluation set. ing. As the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set, a start time (t5−mγ seconds) and an end time (t5 + mδ seconds) defined based on the entry time t5 are set. As shown as m1 to m16 in FIG. 13, pattern numbers, that is, different times may be set for the type of road and the direction of turning, as mα seconds, mβ seconds, mγ seconds, and mδ seconds. For example, mα seconds, mβ seconds, mγ seconds, and mδ seconds may be set to any time of 0 to 20 seconds, respectively, but are not limited to these times.
 図13に例示した評価条件テーブル76aのNo.1の場合(生活道路の交差点を左折するパターン)では、第1評価セットの確認動作1として、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m1秒)から終了時刻(t5-m2秒)までの間に左確認がa度(例えば35度)以上でt秒(例えば1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。この評価は、交差点進入前に歩行者や二輪車などの巻き込み確認を行ったか否かの評価である。 In the evaluation condition table 76a illustrated in FIG. In the case of 1 (pattern of turning left at the intersection of the living road), the left evaluation is performed between the start time (t5-m1 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5-m2 seconds) as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set. An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least a degree (e.g., 35 degrees) or more for t 1 seconds (e.g., one second) or more. This evaluation is an evaluation of whether or not a pedestrian, a two-wheeler, or the like has been checked before entering an intersection.
 確認動作2には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m1秒)から終了時刻(t5-m2秒)までの間に右確認がb度以上でt秒間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。この評価は、交差点で右折してくる対向車の有無、又は車両の前方から交差点を渡ろうとしている歩行者等の有無を確認したか否かの評価である。 In the confirmation operation 2, an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least b degrees for at least 2 seconds between the start time (t5 to m1 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m2 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done. This evaluation is an evaluation as to whether or not it is confirmed whether there is an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection or a pedestrian who is about to cross the intersection from the front of the vehicle.
 第2評価セットの確認動作3には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m3秒)から終了時刻(t5+m4秒)までの間における左確認がc度(例えば30度)以上でt秒(例えば、1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。この評価は、交差点を渡ろうとしている歩行者等の有無、巻き込み確認、左折後の前方(進路切替方向)の安全を確認したか否かの評価である。 In confirmation operation 3 of the second evaluation set, the left confirmation between the start time (t5 to m3 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5 + m4 seconds) is c degrees (for example, 30 degrees) or more and t 3 seconds (for example, for example) The item which evaluates whether it was carried out for 1 second or more is set. This evaluation is an evaluation as to whether or not there is a pedestrian or the like who is about to cross an intersection, confirmation of roll-in, and safety in the forward direction (route switching direction) after a left turn.
 また、評価条件テーブル76aのNo.3の場合(幹線道路の交差点を左折するパターン)では、第1評価セットの確認動作1として、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m9秒)から終了時刻(t5-m10秒)までの間に左確認がg度(例えば30度)以上でt秒(例えば1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。また、確認動作2には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m9秒)から終了時刻(t5-m10秒)までの間に右確認がh度以上でt秒間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76a. In the case of 3 (pattern of turning left at the intersection of the main road), left as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-m9 seconds) of the evaluation timing to the end time (t5-m10 seconds) An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least g degrees (e.g., 30 degrees) or more for t 7 seconds (e.g., 1 second) or more. Also, in the confirmation operation 2, an item for evaluating whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least h degrees for at least t 8 seconds between the start time (t 5 to m 9 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t 5 to m 10 seconds) Is set.
 第2評価セットの確認動作3には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m11秒)から終了時刻(t5+m12秒)までの間に左確認がi度(例えば50度)以上でt秒(例えば、1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In confirmation operation 3 of the second evaluation set, the left confirmation is i degrees (for example, 50 degrees) or more for 9 seconds (for example, t9 seconds) from the start time (t5 to m11 seconds) of the evaluation timing to the finish time (t5 + m12 seconds) The item which evaluates whether it was carried out for 1 second or more is set.
 幹線道路は、一般的に道幅が広く見通しが良いため、幹線道路での第1評価セットの左右確認角度は、生活道路での第1評価セットの左右確認角度よりも小さく設定してもよい。また、幹線道路では、交差点進入後の巻き込み確認をより注意深く行う必要があるため、幹線道路での第2評価セットの左右確認角度は、生活道路での第2評価セットの左右確認角度よりも大きく設定することが好ましい。 Since the main road generally has a wide road width and good visibility, the left and right check angle of the first evaluation set on the main road may be set smaller than the left and right check angle of the first evaluation set on the life road. In addition, on trunk roads, it is necessary to more carefully check entrainment after entering an intersection, so the left / right check angle of the second evaluation set on the trunk road is larger than the left / right check angle of the second evaluation set on the life road It is preferable to set.
 図14は、実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置40Aが行う道路種別判定処理動作を示すフローチャートである。本処理動作は、例えば、図10に示した、交差点への進入時刻(t5)の推定処理の前後(例えば、ステップS38の後)、又は進入時刻(t5)の推定処理と並行して実行される。 FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2). This processing operation is executed, for example, before or after the estimation process of the entry time (t5) to the intersection (for example, after step S38) or in parallel with the estimation process of the entry time (t5) shown in FIG. Ru.
 まずステップS71では、制御ユニット50Aは、記憶ユニット70Aの慣性データ蓄積部71に蓄積されたデータから、交差点通過フラグF=1が付されている交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)を抽出し、ステップS72に進む。 First, in step S71, the control unit 50A extracts the intersection passage time (time t0) to which the intersection passage flag F = 1 is added from the data accumulated in the inertia data accumulation unit 71 of the storage unit 70A, and step S72 Go to
 ステップS72では、制御ユニット50Aは、車速取得部65として動作し、位置データ蓄積部72から、交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)から所定時間(tn秒)前の時点(時刻t0-tn)での車速(Vtn)データを取得し、ステップS73に進む。なお、位置データ蓄積部72には、車載装置10から取得した、交差点を通過する間の位置データと車速データとが時刻に対応付けて(時系列で)記憶されている。 In step S72, the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, and from the position data storage unit 72, the vehicle speed at a time (time t0-tn) before a predetermined time (tn seconds) from the intersection passage time (time t0). (Vtn) Data is acquired, and the process proceeds to step S73. The position data storage unit 72 stores (in time series) position data and vehicle speed data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 while passing through the intersection in association with time.
 なお、位置データ蓄積部72に、交差点を通過する間の位置データが記憶され、車速データが記憶されていない場合は、ステップS72において、時系列の位置データを用いて、時刻t0から所定時間(tn秒)前の時点(時刻t0-tn)の車速Vtnを算出してもよい。 When position data storage unit 72 stores position data while passing an intersection, and when vehicle speed data is not stored, predetermined time from time t0 is obtained using time-series position data in step S72. The vehicle speed Vtn at a time (time t0-tn) before tn seconds may be calculated.
 ステップS73では、制御ユニット50Aは、道路種別判定部66として動作し、時刻t0-tn時の車速Vtnが、所定速度Vn(例えば、40km/h)以上であるか否かを判定する。所定速度Vnは、車両が幹線道路を走行しているのか、又は生活道路を走行しているのかを判定するための基準である。 In step S73, the control unit 50A operates as the road type determination unit 66, and determines whether the vehicle speed Vtn at time t0-tn is equal to or higher than a predetermined speed Vn (for example, 40 km / h). The predetermined speed Vn is a criterion for determining whether the vehicle is traveling on a main road or a living road.
 ステップS73において、制御ユニット50Aが、車速Vtnは所定速度Vn以上である(即ち、道路の種類は幹線道路である)と判定すれば、制御ユニット50Aは、ステップS74の処理に進み、道路フラグFrを1にして、その後ステップS76に進む。 If control unit 50A determines in step S73 that vehicle speed Vtn is equal to or higher than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a main road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S74 and road flag Fr To 1, and then the process proceeds to step S76.
 一方、ステップS73において、制御ユニット50Aが、車速Vtnは所定速度Vn未満である(即ち、道路の種類は生活道路である)と判断すれば、制御ユニット50Aは、ステップS75の処理に進み、道路フラグFrを0にして、ステップS76に進む。 On the other hand, if control unit 50A determines in step S73 that vehicle speed Vtn is less than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a living road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S75, and the road The flag Fr is set to 0, and the process proceeds to step S76.
 ステップS76では、制御ユニット50Aは、車両の交差点進入時刻(t5)と道路フラグFr(1又は0)とを対応付けて、評価情報記憶部74に記憶して、道路種類の判定処理を終え、その後、図10に示すステップS39の安全確認動作の評価処理に進む。なお、サーバ装置40Aが行う道路種別判定処理動作は、図14に示した動作例に限定されない。 In step S76, the control unit 50A associates the intersection approach time (t5) of the vehicle with the road flag Fr (1 or 0), stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and ends the road type determination process. Then, it progresses to evaluation processing of safety check operation of Step S39 shown in FIG. The road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A is not limited to the operation example illustrated in FIG.
 図15は、実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置40Aが行う別の道路種別判定処理動作を示すフローチャートである。
 まずステップS81では、制御ユニット50Aは、記憶ユニット70Aの慣性データ蓄積部71に蓄積されたデータから、交差点通過フラグF=1が付されている交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)を抽出し、ステップS82に進む。
FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing another road type determination processing operation performed by the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2).
First, in step S81, the control unit 50A extracts the intersection passage time (time t0) to which the intersection passage flag F = 1 is added from the data accumulated in the inertia data accumulation unit 71 of the storage unit 70A. Go to
 ステップS82では、制御ユニット50Aは、車速取得部65として動作し、位置データ蓄積部72から、交差点通過時刻(時刻t0)より前の時系列の車速データを取得し、ステップS83に進む。なお、位置データ蓄積部72には、車載装置10から取得した、交差点を通過する間の位置データと車速データとが時刻に対応付けて(時系列で)記憶されている。 In step S82, the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, acquires time-series vehicle speed data before the intersection passage time (time t0) from the position data storage unit 72, and proceeds to step S83. The position data storage unit 72 stores (in time series) position data and vehicle speed data acquired from the in-vehicle apparatus 10 while passing through the intersection in association with time.
 なお、位置データ蓄積部72に、交差点を通過する間の位置データが記憶され、車速データが記憶されていない場合は、ステップS82において、位置データ蓄積部72から時刻t0より前の時系列の位置データを読み出し、時系列の位置データを用いて、時刻t0より前の時系列の車速を算出するようにしてもよい。 When position data storage unit 72 stores position data while passing an intersection, and vehicle speed data is not stored, the time-series positions before time t0 from position data storage unit 72 in step S82. Data may be read out, and time-series vehicle speeds before time t0 may be calculated using time-series position data.
 ステップS83では、制御ユニット50Aは、車速取得部65として動作し、取得した時系列の車速データを積分し、時刻t0の地点より手前の距離Xtを算出し、次のステップS84に進む。 In step S83, the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, integrates the acquired time-series vehicle speed data, calculates the distance Xt before the point of time t0, and proceeds to the next step S84.
 ステップS84では、制御ユニット50Aは、車速取得部65として動作し、算出した距離Xtが、所定の距離Xn(例えば、Xn=50m)となる時点の車速Vxnを取得し、次にステップS85に進む。 In step S84, the control unit 50A operates as the vehicle speed acquisition unit 65, acquires the vehicle speed Vxn when the calculated distance Xt becomes a predetermined distance Xn (for example, Xn = 50 m), and then proceeds to step S85 .
 ステップS85では、制御ユニット50Aは、道路種別判定部66として動作し、時刻t0の地点からの距離Xt(=距離Xn)となる時点の車速Vxnが、所定速度Vn(例えば、40km/h)以上であるか否かを判断する。 In step S85, the control unit 50A operates as the road type determination unit 66, and the vehicle speed Vxn at the time of the distance Xt (= distance Xn) from the point of time t0 is a predetermined speed Vn (for example, 40 km / h) or more It is determined whether or not
 ステップS85において、制御ユニット50Aが、車速Vxnが、所定速度Vn以上である(即ち、道路の種類は幹線道路である)と判断すれば、制御ユニット50Aは、ステップS86の処理に進み、道路フラグFrを1にして、ステップS88に進む。 If control unit 50A determines in step S85 that vehicle speed Vxn is equal to or higher than predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a main road), control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S86, and the road flag Set Fr to 1, and proceed to step S88.
 一方、ステップS85において、制御ユニット50Aが、車速Vxnが、所定速度Vn未満である(即ち、道路の種類は生活道路である)と判断すれば、制御ユニット50Aは、ステップS87の処理に進み、道路フラグFrを0にして、ステップS88に進む。 On the other hand, if the control unit 50A determines in step S85 that the vehicle speed Vxn is less than the predetermined speed Vn (that is, the type of road is a living road), the control unit 50A proceeds to the process of step S87. The road flag Fr is set to 0, and the process proceeds to step S88.
 ステップS88では、制御ユニット50Aは、車両の交差点進入時刻(時刻t5)と道路フラグFr(1又は0)とを対応付けて、評価情報記憶部74に記憶して、道路種類の判定処理を終え、その後、図10に示すステップS39の安全確認動作の評価処理に進む。 In step S88, the control unit 50A associates the intersection approach time (time t5) of the vehicle with the road flag Fr (1 or 0), stores it in the evaluation information storage unit 74, and ends the road type determination processing. After that, the process proceeds to the evaluation processing of the safety confirmation operation in step S39 shown in FIG.
 図16は、実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置40Aにおける制御ユニット50Aが行う安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートである。但し、図11に示した安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートとは、ステップS41、S42の処理が異なり、ステップS43以降の処理は略同一であるので、ここではステップS43以降の処理については説明を省略する。 FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the processing operation of safety confirmation evaluation performed by the control unit 50A in the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2). However, the processing of steps S41 and S42 is different from the flowchart showing the processing operation of the safety confirmation evaluation shown in FIG. 11, and the processing of step S43 and subsequent steps is substantially the same. Omit.
 まず、ステップS91では、制御ユニット50Aが、評価条件切替部67として動作し、評価情報記憶部74から進入時刻t5と対応付けられた道路フラグFr(=1又は0)及び右左折方向(右折又は左折)を読み出し、ステップS92に進む。 First, in step S91, the control unit 50A operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, and from the evaluation information storage unit 74 the road flag Fr (= 1 or 0) associated with the entry time t5 Read left), and proceed to step S92.
 ステップS92では、制御ユニット50Aが、評価条件切替部67として動作し、評価条件テーブル記憶部76に記憶された評価条件テーブル76aを読み込み、評価条件テーブル76aから、ステップS91で読み出した道路フラグFr及び右左折方向に対応した評価条件を選択し、選択された評価条件に切り替え、ステップS93に進む。 In step S92, the control unit 50A operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, reads the evaluation condition table 76a stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76, and reads the road flag Fr read out from the evaluation condition table 76a in step S91. The evaluation condition corresponding to the turning direction is selected, switched to the selected evaluation condition, and the process proceeds to step S93.
 ステップS93では、制御ユニット50Aが、安全確認評価部57Aとして動作し、ステップS92で選択された評価条件に設定された評価タイミング、即ち、進入時刻t5を基準にして定義された開始時刻から終了時刻までの間の向き情報を画像情報蓄積部73から読み出す。 In step S93, control unit 50A operates as safety check evaluation unit 57A, and the evaluation timing set in the evaluation condition selected in step S92, that is, from the start time defined based on entry time t5 to the end time Direction information up to that point is read out from the image information storage section 73.
 制御ユニット50Aは、その後ステップS43以降の処理動作に進み、評価条件に設定された確認動作の条件(確認方向、角度、及び時間)に基づいて、交差点における安全確認評価処理を行う。 After that, the control unit 50A proceeds to the processing operation after step S43, and performs the safety confirmation evaluation processing at the intersection based on the condition (confirmation direction, angle, and time) of the confirmation operation set in the evaluation condition.
 なお、本処理では、図11に示すステップS43以降の処理において、第1評価セットに対応するステップS44、S49の評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mα秒)から終了時刻(t5-mβ秒)までの間に設定される。また、第2評価セットに対応するステップS54の評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から終了時刻(t5+mδ秒)までの間に設定される。また、ステップS59における時刻t5前後の時間が、時刻(t5-mα秒)から時刻(t5+mδ秒)までに設定される。 In this process, in the process after step S43 shown in FIG. 11, the evaluation timing of steps S44 and S49 corresponding to the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-mα seconds) to the end time (t5-mβ seconds) Is set up between In addition, the evaluation timing of step S54 corresponding to the second evaluation set is set between the start time (t5-mγ seconds) and the end time (t5 + mδ seconds). Further, the time around time t5 in step S59 is set from time (t5-mα seconds) to time (t5 + mδ seconds).
 実施の形態(2)に係る安全確認評価システム1Aのサーバ装置40Aによれば、交差点手前の所定地点における車両の速度に基づいて、道路の種類が判定され、該判定された道路の種類に応じて、評価条件テーブル76aの評価条件が切り替えられ、該切り替えられた評価条件に基づいて、各交差点における運転者の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、道路の種類に応じた評価条件を用いることにより、交差点における運転者の安全確認動作の評価をより精度良く実行することができる。 According to server device 40A of safety confirmation evaluation system 1A according to the embodiment (2), the type of road is determined based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point in front of the intersection, and according to the determined type of road Then, the evaluation conditions of the evaluation condition table 76a are switched, and the driver's safety check operation at each intersection is evaluated based on the switched evaluation conditions. Therefore, by using the evaluation condition corresponding to the type of road, the evaluation of the safety confirmation operation of the driver at the intersection can be performed more accurately.
 またサーバ装置40Aによれば、車両の角速度から推定された交差点通過時刻t0より所定時間(tn秒)手前の地点における車両の速度Vtn、又は交差点通過時刻t0の地点より所定距離(Xn)手前の地点における車両の速度Vxnを、道路の種類の判定に用いることにより、地図情報などを利用することなく、簡易に道路の種類を判定することができる。 Further, according to the server device 40A, the speed Vtn of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passage time t0 estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle for a predetermined time (tn seconds) or a predetermined distance (Xn) before the point at the intersection passage time t0 By using the velocity Vxn of the vehicle at the point for determining the type of road, the type of road can be easily determined without using map information or the like.
 またサーバ装置40Aによれば、道路種別判定部66によって、道路の種類として、幹線道路、又は生活道路であるかが判定されるので、幹線道路、又は生活道路に応じた設定された評価条件で、運転者の安全確認動作をより的確に評価することができる。 Further, according to the server device 40A, since the road type determination unit 66 determines whether the road type is a main road or a living road, the evaluation condition set according to the main road or the living road is used. The driver's safety confirmation operation can be evaluated more accurately.
 次に実施の形態(3)に係る安全確認評価システムについて説明する。但し、実施の形態(3)に係る安全確認評価システム1Bの構成については、サーバ装置40Bを除いて、図1に示した実施の形態(1)に係る安全確認評価システム1と略同様であるため、同一機能を有する構成には、同一符号を付し、その説明を省略する。 Next, a safety confirmation evaluation system according to the embodiment (3) will be described. However, the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation system 1B according to the embodiment (3) is substantially the same as the safety confirmation evaluation system 1 according to the embodiment (1) shown in FIG. 1 except for the server device 40B. Therefore, the same symbol is attached to the configuration having the same function, and the description thereof is omitted.
 また、実施の形態(3)に係るサーバ装置40Bのハードウェア構成については、制御ユニット50Bの安全確認評価部57Bと、記憶ユニット70Bの評価条件テーブル記憶部76Aとを除いて、図12に示した実施の形態(2)に係るサーバ装置40Aと略同様であるため、同一機能を有する構成には同一符号を付し、その説明を省略する。 Further, the hardware configuration of the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3) is shown in FIG. 12 except the safety check evaluation unit 57B of the control unit 50B and the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A of the storage unit 70B. The configuration is substantially the same as that of the server device 40A according to the embodiment (2), and therefore, the configurations having the same functions are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
 図17は、実施の形態(3)に係るサーバ装置40Bが備えている安全確認評価部57Bの構成の一例を示すブロック図である。但し、図5に示した安全確認評価部57と同一機能を有する構成には同一符号を付し、その説明を省略する。 FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57B provided in the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3). However, components having the same functions as those of the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 shown in FIG.
 図5に示した安全確認評価部57では、交差点推定部51で推定された進入時刻t5の前後所定時間内における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理が行われるように構成されている。一方、安全確認評価部57Bでは、交差点推定部51で推定された進入時刻t5より前の時刻(t5-mα秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値(所定角度)Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)までの間における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理が行われるように構成されている。所定値Dは、道路の種類や曲がる方向毎に適宜設定されてよい。 The safety confirmation evaluation unit 57 shown in FIG. 5 is configured to perform processing for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver within a predetermined time before and after the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51. On the other hand, in the safety confirmation evaluation unit 57B, the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 from the time (t5-mα seconds) before the entry time t5 estimated by the intersection estimation unit 51 is a predetermined value (a predetermined angle A process of evaluating the driver's safety confirmation operation until the time (t5 + mε seconds) to reach D) is configured to be performed. The predetermined value D may be appropriately set for each type of road and the turning direction.
 安全確認評価部57Bは、第1検出部58、第1評価部59、第3評価部61、評価点算出部62、第2検出部63、及び評価対象除外部64の他に、角度変化算出部68と第4評価部69とを含んで構成されている。 In addition to the first detection unit 58, the first evaluation unit 59, the third evaluation unit 61, the evaluation point calculation unit 62, the second detection unit 63, and the evaluation object exclusion unit 64, the safety check evaluation unit 57B calculates angle change. A section 68 and a fourth evaluation section 69 are configured.
 角度変化算出部68は、慣性データ蓄積部71から、交差点への進入時刻t5より後の車両の角速度のデータを読み出し、読み出した角速度のデータに基づいて、時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdを算出する。 The angle change calculation unit 68 reads the data of the angular velocity of the vehicle after the entry time t5 to the intersection from the inertia data storage unit 71, and based on the read data of the angular velocity, the angle change amount of the vehicle after the time t5 Calculate Δd.
 第4評価部69は、評価タイミングとして開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)までの間に取得された、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、交差点での進路変更方向、例えば、右折先又は左折先の安全確認動作を評価する処理を行う。例えば、第4評価部69では、評価タイミングとして開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)までの間に、進路変更方向に対する所定の安全確認動作が行われたかを判定する。 The fourth evaluation unit 69 is acquired from the start time (t5-mγ seconds) as the evaluation timing to the time (t5 + mε seconds) when the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D. A process of evaluating the safety change operation at the intersection, for example, right turn ahead or left turn, based on the swing angle and swing time of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight at least one of left and right I do. For example, in the fourth evaluation unit 69, the evaluation timing is from the start time (t5-mγ seconds) to the time (t5 + mε seconds) at which the vehicle angle change Δd reaches the predetermined value D after the entry time t5. It is determined whether a predetermined safety check operation has been performed for the direction of course change.
 なお、進路変更方向に対する安全確認の評価項目には、右左折する進路変更方向への振り角度が所定角度以上であるか、該所定角度以上の状態が所定時間以上継続しているかを判定する項目が含まれている。 In the evaluation item of safety confirmation with respect to the course change direction, it is an item to determine whether the swing angle in the course change direction of turning to the left or right is a predetermined angle or more, or the state of the predetermined angle or more continues for a predetermined time It is included.
 図18は、評価条件テーブル記憶部76Aに記憶されている評価条件テーブル76bの一例を示すデータ構成図である。評価条件テーブル76bの項目には、図13に示した評価条件テーブル76aと同様に、パターンナンバー、道路の種類、曲がる方向、交差点に進入する前後において運転者が行うべき確認動作及び評価タイミング(評価する期間)が含まれている。 FIG. 18 is a data configuration diagram showing an example of the evaluation condition table 76b stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A. The items of the evaluation condition table 76b, like the evaluation condition table 76a shown in FIG. 13, include pattern numbers, types of roads, turning directions, confirmation operations that the driver should perform before and after entering an intersection, and evaluation timing (evaluation Period) is included.
 図18に示す評価条件テーブル76bが、図13に示した評価条件テーブル76aと相違する点は、第2評価セットの評価タイミングの項目にある。
 評価条件テーブル76bでは、第2評価セットの評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)までの期間に設定されている。
The evaluation condition table 76b shown in FIG. 18 differs from the evaluation condition table 76a shown in FIG. 13 in the item of the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set.
In the evaluation condition table 76b, the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set is from the start time (t5-mγ seconds) to the time (t5 + mε seconds) at which the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle reaches a predetermined value D after the entry time t5. Period is set.
 図18に例示した評価条件テーブル76bのNo.1の場合(生活道路の交差点を左折するパターン)では、第1評価セットの確認動作1として、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m1秒)から終了時刻(t5-m2秒)までの間に左確認がa度(例えば35度)以上でt秒(例えば1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。確認動作2には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m1秒)から終了時刻(t5-m2秒)までの間に右確認がb度以上でt秒間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In the evaluation condition table 76b illustrated in FIG. In the case of 1 (pattern of turning left at the intersection of the living road), the left evaluation is performed between the start time (t5-m1 seconds) of the evaluation timing and the end time (t5-m2 seconds) as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set. An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least a degree (e.g., 35 degrees) or more for t 1 seconds (e.g., one second) or more. In the confirmation operation 2, an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least b degrees for at least 2 seconds between the start time (t5 to m1 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m2 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done.
 第2評価セットの確認動作3には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m3秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値D(例えば、D=60度)に到達する終了時刻(t5+m21秒)までの間に、左確認がm度(例えば30度)以上でt秒(例えば、1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In the check operation 3 of the second evaluation set, the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches a predetermined value D (for example, D = 60 degrees) from the start time (t5 to m3 seconds) of the evaluation timing. until the end time (t5 + m21 seconds) to, t 3 seconds left confirmed m degree (e.g. 30 degrees) or more (e.g., 1 second) item to evaluate whether performed during or higher is set.
 また、評価条件テーブル76bのNo.3の場合(幹線道路の交差点を左折するパターン)では、第1評価セットの確認動作1として、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m9秒)から終了時刻(t5-m10秒)までの間に左確認がg度(例えば30度)以上でt秒(例えば1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。確認動作2には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m9秒)から終了時刻(t5-m10秒)までの間に右確認がh度以上でt秒間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b. In the case of 3 (pattern of turning left at the intersection of the main road), left as the confirmation operation 1 of the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-m9 seconds) of the evaluation timing to the end time (t5-m10 seconds) An item is set to evaluate whether the confirmation is performed for at least g degrees (e.g., 30 degrees) or more for t 7 seconds (e.g., 1 second) or more. In the confirmation operation 2, an item is set which evaluates whether the right confirmation has been performed for at least h degrees for at least 8 seconds between the start time (t5 to m9 seconds) and the end time (t5 to m10 seconds) of the evaluation timing. It is done.
 第2評価セットの確認動作3には、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m11秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値D(例えば、D=10度)に到達する終了時刻(t5+m23秒)までの間に、左確認がo度(例えば50度)以上でt秒(例えば、1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In the check operation 3 of the second evaluation set, the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches a predetermined value D (for example, D = 10 degrees) from the start time (t5 to m11 seconds) of the evaluation timing. until the end time (t5 + m23 seconds) that, left confirmed o degree (for example, 50 degrees) t 9 seconds or more (for example, 1 second) item to evaluate if they were carried out for a period more than has been set.
 また、評価条件テーブル76bのNo.4の場合(幹線道路の交差点を右折するパターン)には、第2評価セットの確認動作3として、評価タイミングの開始時刻(t5-m15秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値D(例えば、D=40度)に到達する終了時刻(t5+m24秒)までの間に、右確認がp度(例えば50度)以上でt12秒(例えば、1秒)間以上行われたかを評価する項目が設定されている。 In addition, No. 1 of the evaluation condition table 76 b. In the case of 4 (pattern to turn the intersection of the main road to the right), the change amount of the angle of the vehicle after the entry time t5 from the start time (t5 to m15 seconds) of the evaluation timing as the check operation 3 of the second evaluation set. Δd is a predetermined value D (e.g., D = 40 degrees) until the end time (t5 + m24 seconds) to reach the right confirmation p degrees (e.g. 50 degrees) t 12 seconds or more (e.g., 1 second) between higher The item to evaluate whether it has been done is set.
 幹線道路では、交差点進入後の巻き込み確認をより早く、注意深く行う必要があるため、幹線道路での第2評価セットの評価タイミングの終了時刻を規定するための、角度変化量Δdの所定値Dは、生活道路での所定値Dよりも小さく設定し、幹線道路での第2評価セットの左右確認角度は、生活道路での第2評価セットの左右確認角度よりも大きく設定することが好ましい。 On a main road, it is necessary to check the entrapment after entering the intersection more quickly and carefully. Therefore, the predetermined value D of the angle change amount Δd for defining the end time of the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set on the main road Preferably, the left and right confirmation angle of the second evaluation set on the main road is set smaller than the predetermined value D on the living road, and is set larger than the left and right confirmation angle of the second evaluation set on the living road.
 図18に示した評価条件テーブル76bでは、第2評価セットの評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)までの時間に設定されている。別の実施の形態では、道路の種類によって、第2評価セットの評価タイミングの終了時刻に、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε秒)と、進入時刻t5より後の所定時刻(t5+mδ秒)とを使い分けて設定してもよい。 In the evaluation condition table 76b shown in FIG. 18, the time when the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set reaches the predetermined value D when the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 from the start time (t5-mγ seconds) The time to (t5 + mε seconds) is set. In another embodiment, the time (t5 + mε seconds) when the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D at the end time of the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set, depending on the type of road. The predetermined time (t5 + mδ seconds) after the entry time t5 may be used separately and set.
 図19は、実施の形態(3)に係るサーバ装置40Bにおける制御ユニット50Bが行う安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートである。但し、図11に示した安全確認評価の処理動作を示すフローチャートとは、ステップS41、S42の処理が異なり、ステップS43以降の処理は略同一であるので、ここでは、ステップS43以降の処理については説明を省略する。 FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a processing operation of safety confirmation evaluation performed by the control unit 50B in the server device 40B according to the embodiment (3). However, since the processes of steps S41 and S42 are different from the flowchart showing the process operation of safety confirmation evaluation shown in FIG. 11 and the processes after step S43 are substantially the same, here, for the processes after step S43 I omit explanation.
 まず、ステップS101では、制御ユニット50Bが、評価条件切替部67として動作し、評価情報記憶部74から進入時刻t5と対応付けられた道路フラグFr(=1又は0)及び右左折方向(右折又は左折)を読み出し、ステップS102に進む。 First, in step S101, the control unit 50B operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, and from the evaluation information storage unit 74, the road flag Fr (= 1 or 0) associated with the entry time t5 Left) and the process proceeds to step S102.
 ステップS102では、制御ユニット50Bが、評価条件切替部67として動作し、評価条件テーブル記憶部76Aに記憶された評価条件テーブル76bを読み込み、評価条件テーブル76bから、ステップS101で読み出した道路フラグFr(1又は0)及び右左折方向(右折又は左折)に対応した評価条件を選択し、選択された評価条件に切り替え、ステップS103に進む。 In step S102, the control unit 50B operates as the evaluation condition switching unit 67, reads the evaluation condition table 76b stored in the evaluation condition table storage unit 76A, and reads the road flag Fr (in step S101 from the evaluation condition table 76b). The evaluation condition corresponding to 1 or 0) and the turning direction (right turn or left turn) is selected, switched to the selected evaluation condition, and the process proceeds to step S103.
 ステップS103では、制御ユニット50Bが、安全確認評価部57Bとして動作し、ステップS102で切り替えられた評価条件に設定された第1評価セットの評価タイミング(即ち、開始時刻(t5-mα秒)から終了時刻(t5-mβ)までの間)における向き情報を画像情報蓄積部73から読み出し、その後ステップS104に進む。 In step S103, control unit 50B operates as safety check evaluation unit 57B, and ends from the evaluation timing of the first evaluation set (ie, start time (t5-mα seconds) set in the evaluation condition switched in step S102. Direction information at time (t5 to mβ) is read out from the image information storage unit 73, and then the process proceeds to step S104.
 ステップS104では、制御ユニット50Bが、進入時刻t5より後の時系列の角速度データを慣性データ蓄積部71から読み出し、その後ステップS105に進む。 In step S104, the control unit 50B reads out time-series angular velocity data after the entry time t5 from the inertial data storage unit 71, and then proceeds to step S105.
 ステップS105では、制御ユニット50Bが、慣性データ蓄積部71から読み出された時系列の角速度データを積分し、車両の角度変化量Δdを算出する処理を行い、その後ステップS106に進む。 In step S105, the control unit 50B integrates the time-series angular velocity data read from the inertial data storage unit 71 to calculate the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle, and then proceeds to step S106.
 ステップS106では、制御ユニット50Bは、車両の角度変化量Δdが評価条件に設定された所定値Dに到達する時刻(t5+mε)を求める処理を行い、その後ステップS107に進む。 In step S106, the control unit 50B performs processing for obtaining the time (t5 + mε) at which the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle reaches the predetermined value D set as the evaluation condition, and then proceeds to step S107.
 ステップS107では、制御ユニット50Bは、第2評価セットの評価タイミング、即ち、開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する終了時刻(t5+mε秒)までの期間における向き情報を画像情報蓄積部73から読み出し、その後ステップS43以降の処理に進み、評価条件に設定された確認動作の条件(確認方向及び角度、並びに確認時間)に基づいて、交差点における安全確認評価処理を行う。 In step S107, the control unit 50B determines the end time when the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D from the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set, that is, the start time (t5-mγ seconds). The direction information in the period up to (t5 + mε seconds) is read from the image information storage unit 73, and then the process proceeds to step S43 and subsequent steps, based on the conditions (confirmation direction and angle, and confirmation time) of the confirmation operation set in the evaluation conditions. Perform the safety confirmation evaluation process at the intersection.
 なお、本処理では、図11に示すステップS43以降の処理において、第1評価セットに対応するステップS44、S49の評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mα秒)から終了時刻(t5-mβ秒)までの間に設定される。また、第2評価セットに対応するステップS54の評価タイミングが、開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から終了時刻(t5+mε秒)までの間に設定される。また、ステップS59における時刻t5前後の時間が、時刻(t5-mα)から時刻(t5+mε)までに設定される。 In this process, in the process after step S43 shown in FIG. 11, the evaluation timing of steps S44 and S49 corresponding to the first evaluation set is from the start time (t5-mα seconds) to the end time (t5-mβ seconds) Is set up between Further, the evaluation timing of step S54 corresponding to the second evaluation set is set between the start time (t5−mγ seconds) and the end time (t5 + mε seconds). Further, the time around time t5 in step S59 is set from time (t5-mα) to time (t5 + mε).
 実施の形態(3)に係る安全確認評価システム1Bのサーバ装置40Bによれば、上記サーバ装置40Aと同様、道路の種類に応じた評価条件を用いることにより、交差点における運転者の安全確認動作の評価をより精度良く実行することができる。 According to server device 40B of safety confirmation evaluation system 1B according to the embodiment (3), similarly to server device 40A, by using the evaluation condition according to the type of road, the driver's safety confirmation operation at the intersection is performed. The evaluation can be performed more accurately.
 また、サーバ装置40Bによれば、第2評価セットの評価タイミングに設定された開始時刻(t5-mγ秒)から、進入時刻t5より後の車両の角度変化量Δdが所定値Dに到達する終了時刻(t5+mε秒)までの間に取得された、運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作が評価される。したがって、交差点内で車両が曲がる状況と、運転者の安全確認動作とをより的確に対応付けることができ、交差点への進入後における運転者の進路変更方向に対する安全確認動作をより正確に評価することができる。 Further, according to the server device 40B, the end at which the angle change amount Δd of the vehicle after the entry time t5 reaches the predetermined value D from the start time (t5-mγ seconds) set at the evaluation timing of the second evaluation set Based on the swing angle and swing time of the driver's face direction and / or line of sight direction acquired during the time (t5 + mε seconds), the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection is It is evaluated. Therefore, the situation where the vehicle turns in the intersection and the driver's safety confirmation operation can be corresponded more accurately, and the driver's safety confirmation operation in the course change direction after entering the intersection is more accurately evaluated. Can.
 以上、本発明の実施の形態(1)~(3)を詳細に説明したが、上記説明はあらゆる点において本発明の例示に過ぎない。本発明の範囲を逸脱することなく、種々の改良や変更を行うことができることは言うまでもない。また、実施の形態(1)の構成に、実施の形態(2)又は実施の形態(3)の構成が適宜組み合わされてもよい。 Although the embodiments (1) to (3) of the present invention have been described in detail above, the above description is merely illustrative of the present invention in all points. It goes without saying that various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. Further, the configuration of the embodiment (2) or the embodiment (3) may be appropriately combined with the configuration of the embodiment (1).
 また、上記実施の形態(1)~(3)では、車両2の角速度データ、換言すれば、車両2が右左折するときになどに検出される角速度データに基づいて、車両2の交差点への進入時刻(時刻t5)を推定し、推定された時刻t5の前後所定時間内における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する構成となっている。 Further, in the above embodiments (1) to (3), based on the angular velocity data of the vehicle 2, in other words, based on the angular velocity data detected when the vehicle 2 turns left or right, etc. The approach time (time t5) is estimated, and the driver's safety confirmation operation within a predetermined time before and after the estimated time t5 is evaluated.
 例えば、別の実施の形態では、車両2の角速度データに基づいて、車両2の沿道施設の出入口地点への進入時刻を推定し、推定された時刻の前後所定時間内における運転者の安全確認動作を評価する構成としてもよい。係る構成によれば、道路から沿道施設に入るとき、又は沿道施設から道路に出るときの運転者の安全確認動作も評価することができる。 For example, in another embodiment, based on the angular velocity data of the vehicle 2, the approach time to the entrance point of the roadside facility of the vehicle 2 is estimated, and the driver's safety confirmation operation within a predetermined time before and after the estimated time May be evaluated. According to the above configuration, the driver's safety confirmation operation can be evaluated when entering the roadside facility from the road or when leaving the roadside facility on the road.
[付記]
 本発明の実施の形態は、以下の付記の様にも記載され得るが、これらに限定されない。
(付記1)
 車両(2)の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置(40、40A、又は40B)であって、
 車両(2)の交差点への進入時刻を推定する交差点推定部(51)と、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を取得する情報取得部(56)と、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価部(57、57A、又は57B)とを備えていることを特徴とする安全確認評価装置(40、40A、又は40B)。
[Supplementary note]
The embodiments of the present invention can also be described as in the following appendices, but are not limited thereto.
(Supplementary Note 1)
A safety confirmation evaluation device (40, 40A, or 40B) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle (2),
An intersection estimation unit (51) for estimating the time of entry of the vehicle (2) to the intersection;
An information acquisition unit (56) for acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight;
And an evaluation unit (57, 57A, or 57B) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. Device (40, 40A or 40B).
(付記2)
 車両(2)に搭載される車載装置(10)であって、
 車両(2)の運転者の画像を撮像するカメラ部(11)と、
 カメラ部(11)で撮像された前記画像から前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を検出する画像情報検出部(21)と、
 画像情報検出部(21)で検出された前記情報を記憶する画像情報記憶部(31)と、
 車両(2)の挙動を検出する車両挙動検出部(12)と、
 車両挙動検出部(12)で検出された車両挙動を記憶する車両挙動記憶部(32)と、
 画像情報記憶部(31)に記憶された前記情報と、車両挙動記憶部(32)に記憶された前記車両挙動とを、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置(40)に出力する出力部(17)とを備えていることを特徴とする車載装置(10)。
(Supplementary Note 2)
An in-vehicle device (10) mounted on a vehicle (2),
A camera unit (11) for capturing an image of a driver of the vehicle (2);
An image information detection unit (21) for detecting information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face or the direction of the line of sight from the image captured by the camera unit (11);
An image information storage unit (31) for storing the information detected by the image information detection unit (21);
A vehicle behavior detection unit (12) for detecting the behavior of the vehicle (2);
A vehicle behavior storage unit (32) storing the vehicle behavior detected by the vehicle behavior detection unit (12);
A safety confirmation evaluation device (40) for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver, the information stored in the image information storage unit (31) and the vehicle behavior stored in the vehicle behavior storage unit (32). An in-vehicle apparatus (10) comprising: an output unit (17) for outputting.
(付記3)
 安全確認評価装置(40、40A、又は40B)と、車載装置(10)とを含んで構成されていることを特徴とする安全確認評価システム(1、1A、又は1B)。
(Supplementary Note 3)
A safety confirmation evaluation system (1, 1A, or 1B) characterized in that the safety confirmation evaluation device (40, 40A, or 40B) and the in-vehicle device (10) are included.
(付記4)
 車両(2)の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価方法であって、
 車両(2)の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップ(S36)と、
 前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップ(S29)と、
 前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップ(S39)とを含むステップを実行させることを特徴とする安全確認評価方法。
(Supplementary Note 4)
A safety confirmation evaluation method for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle (2),
An approach time estimation step (S36) for estimating the approach time of the vehicle (2) to the intersection;
An information acquisition step (S29) of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
And a step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time, and performing a step including an evaluation step (S39).
 本発明は、各種の事業を営む事業者が管理する車両に乗車する運転者の安全確認動作の評価結果を活用できる分野、例えば、運転者の安全意識を改善するための安全教育支援を行うサービス分野などにおいて広く利用することができる。 The present invention provides a service that provides safety education support for improving the driver's safety awareness, for example, in a field where the evaluation result of the safety confirmation operation of the driver getting on the vehicle managed by the company operating various businesses can be utilized. It can be widely used in the field etc.
1、1A、1B 安全確認評価システム
2 車両
3 通信ネットワーク
10 車載装置
11 カメラ部
12 慣性センサ
13 角速度センサ
14 加速度センサ
15 GPS受信機
16 スピーカ
17 通信部
18 外部インターフェース(外部I/F)
20 制御部
21 画像情報検出部
22 時刻t0検出部
23 車速演算部
24 時刻t0取消部
30 記憶部
31 画像情報記憶部
32 慣性データ記憶部
33 位置データ記憶部
34 プログラム記憶部
40、40A、40B サーバ装置
41 通信ユニット
50、50A、50B 制御ユニット
51 交差点推定部
52 積分値演算部
53 時刻t5検出部
54 時刻t5検出取り止め部
55 方向推定部
56 情報取得部
57、57A、57B 安全確認評価部
58 第1検出部
59 第1評価部
60 第2評価部
61 第3評価部
62 評価点算出部
63 第2検出部
64 評価対象除外部
65 車速取得部
66 道路種別判定部
67 評価条件切替部
68 角度変化算出部
69 第4評価部
70、70A、70B 記憶ユニット
71 慣性データ蓄積部
72 位置データ蓄積部
73 画像情報蓄積部
74 評価情報記憶部
75 プログラム記憶部
76、76A 評価条件テーブル記憶部
76a、76b 評価条件テーブル
80 事業者端末
1, 1A, 1B Safety Confirmation Evaluation System 2 Vehicle 3 Communication Network 10 Vehicle-mounted Device 11 Camera Unit 12 Inertial Sensor 13 Angular Velocity Sensor 14 Acceleration Sensor 15 GPS Receiver 16 Speaker 17 Communication Unit 18 External Interface (External I / F)
20 control unit 21 image information detection unit 22 time t0 detection unit 23 vehicle speed calculation unit 24 time t0 cancellation unit 30 storage unit 31 image information storage unit 32 inertia data storage unit 33 position data storage unit 34 program storage unit 40, 40A, 40B server Device 41 Communication unit 50, 50A, 50B Control unit 51 Intersection estimation unit 52 Integral value calculation unit 53 Time t5 detection unit 54 Time t5 detection stop unit 55 Direction estimation unit 56 Information acquisition unit 57, 57A, 57B Safety confirmation evaluation unit 58 1 detection unit 59 first evaluation unit 60 second evaluation unit 61 third evaluation unit 62 evaluation point calculation unit 63 second detection unit 64 evaluation object exclusion unit 65 vehicle speed acquisition unit 66 road type determination unit 67 evaluation condition switching unit 68 angle change Calculation unit 69 Fourth evaluation unit 70, 70A, 70B Storage unit 71 Inertial data storage unit 72 Position data storage unit 7 Image information storage unit 74 evaluation information storage unit 75 program storage unit 76,76A evaluation condition table storage unit 76a, 76b evaluation condition table 80 operators terminal

Claims (15)

  1.  車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置であって、
     前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する交差点推定部と、
     前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を取得する情報取得部と、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価部とを備えていることを特徴とする安全確認評価装置。
    A safety confirmation and evaluation device for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle,
    An intersection estimation unit configured to estimate a time when the vehicle enters an intersection;
    An information acquisition unit that acquires information on at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight;
    A safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus, comprising: an evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  2.  前記評価部が、
     前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
     前記進入時刻より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する第1評価部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項1記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    A first detection unit configured to detect a swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
    2. The safety according to claim 1, further comprising: a first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time. Confirmation evaluation device.
  3.  前記評価部が、
     前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
     前記進入時刻より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第2評価部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    A first detection unit configured to detect a swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
    A second evaluation unit is provided for evaluating a safety confirmation operation of a course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time. The safety check evaluation device according to claim 1 or 2.
  4.  前記評価部が、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記運転者の減速意識を評価する第3評価部を備えていることを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    The safety confirmation evaluation according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a third evaluation unit that evaluates the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. apparatus.
  5.  前記評価部が、
     前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第1検出部と、
     前記進入時刻より前の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、左右の安全確認動作を評価する第1評価部と、
     前記進入時刻より後の所定時間における、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第2評価部と、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間における前記車両の速度に基づいて、前記運転者の減速意識を評価する第3評価部と、
     前記第1評価部、前記第2評価部、及び前記第3評価部の評価に基づいて、前記交差点毎の評価点を算出する評価点算出部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項1記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    A first detection unit configured to detect a swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
    A first evaluation unit that evaluates the left and right safety check operation based on the left and right swing angles and the swing time at a predetermined time before the entry time;
    A second evaluation unit that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angles and swing time at a predetermined time after the entry time;
    A third evaluation unit that evaluates the driver's deceleration awareness based on the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined time before and after the entry time;
    An evaluation point calculator configured to calculate an evaluation point for each of the intersections based on the evaluation of the first evaluation unit, the second evaluation unit, and the third evaluation unit. Safety confirmation and evaluation device described.
  6.  前記評価部が、
     前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの上下の振り角度及び振り時間を検出する第2検出部と、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に、前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの左右の振り角度とともに、所定値以上の上下の振り角度が検出された場合、該上下の振り角度が検出されたときの前記情報を安全確認動作の評価対象から除外する評価対象除外部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項2又は請求項5記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    A second detection unit that detects an upper and lower swing angle and swing time of at least one of the direction of the driver's face and the direction of the line of sight based on the information;
    When a vertical swing angle equal to or greater than a predetermined value is detected along with the left or right swing angle of at least one of the driver's face direction and the line of sight direction at predetermined times before and after the entry time. The safety confirmation and evaluation apparatus according to claim 2 or 5, further comprising: an evaluation target exclusion unit that excludes the information from when the safety detection operation is detected.
  7.  交差点手前の所定地点における前記車両の速度を取得する車速取得部と、
     該車速取得部により取得された前記車両の速度に基づいて、道路の種類を判定する道路種別判定部と、
     前記道路の種類毎に、前記運転者が行うべき安全確認動作の評価条件が設定され、これら評価条件がテーブル化されて記憶された評価条件テーブル記憶部と、
     前記道路種別判定部により判定された前記道路の種類に応じて、前記評価条件を切り替える評価条件切替部とを備え、
     前記評価部が、前記評価条件切替部により切り替えられた前記評価条件に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価することを特徴とする請求項1記載の安全確認評価装置。
    A vehicle speed acquisition unit that acquires the speed of the vehicle at a predetermined point before the intersection;
    A road type determination unit that determines the type of road based on the speed of the vehicle acquired by the vehicle speed acquisition unit;
    An evaluation condition table storage unit in which evaluation conditions for the safety confirmation operation to be performed by the driver are set for each type of road, and these evaluation conditions are tabulated and stored.
    And an evaluation condition switching unit that switches the evaluation condition according to the type of the road determined by the road type determination unit,
    The safety confirmation evaluation device according to claim 1, wherein the evaluation unit evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the evaluation condition switched by the evaluation condition switching unit.
  8.  前記車速取得部が、
     前記車両の角速度から推定された交差点通過時刻より所定時間手前の地点における前記車両の速度、又は前記交差点通過時刻の地点より所定距離手前の地点における前記車両の速度を取得するものであることを特徴とする請求項7記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The vehicle speed acquisition unit
    The speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time estimated from the angular velocity of the vehicle by a predetermined time, or the speed of the vehicle at a point before the intersection passing time by a predetermined distance The safety check and evaluation apparatus according to claim 7, wherein
  9.  前記道路種別判定部が、
     前記道路の種類として、幹線道路、又は生活道路であるかを判定するものであることを特徴とする請求項7又は請求項8記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The road type determination unit
    9. The safety confirmation evaluation device according to claim 7, wherein the type of the road is a main road or a living road.
  10.  前記評価部が、
     前記進入時刻より後の前記車両の角度変化量を算出する角度変化算出部と、
     該角度変化算出部で算出された前記車両の角度変化量が所定値に到達するまでの間に取得された、前記左右の振り角度及び振り時間に基づいて、前記交差点での進路変更方向の安全確認動作を評価する第4評価部とを備えていることを特徴とする請求項2又は請求項5記載の安全確認評価装置。
    The evaluation unit
    An angle change calculation unit that calculates an angle change amount of the vehicle after the entry time;
    Safety of the course change direction at the intersection based on the left and right swing angle and swing time acquired while the angle change amount of the vehicle calculated by the angle change calculation unit reaches a predetermined value The safety confirmation evaluation device according to claim 2 or 5, further comprising: a fourth evaluation unit that evaluates the confirmation operation.
  11.  車両に搭載される車載装置であって、
     前記車両の運転者の画像を撮像するカメラ部と、
     該カメラ部で撮像された前記画像から前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかの情報を検出する画像情報検出部と、
     該画像情報検出部で検出された前記情報を記憶する画像情報記憶部と、
     前記車両の挙動を検出する車両挙動検出部と、
     該車両挙動検出部で検出された車両挙動を記憶する車両挙動記憶部と、
     前記画像情報記憶部に記憶された前記情報と、前記車両挙動記憶部に記憶された前記車両挙動とを、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価装置に出力する出力部とを備えていることを特徴とする車載装置。
    An on-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle,
    A camera unit for capturing an image of a driver of the vehicle;
    An image information detection unit that detects information on at least one of the direction of the face or the direction of the line of sight of the driver from the image captured by the camera unit;
    An image information storage unit for storing the information detected by the image information detection unit;
    A vehicle behavior detection unit that detects the behavior of the vehicle;
    A vehicle behavior storage unit for storing the vehicle behavior detected by the vehicle behavior detection unit;
    An output unit that outputs the information stored in the image information storage unit and the vehicle behavior stored in the vehicle behavior storage unit to a safety confirmation evaluation device that evaluates the safety confirmation operation of the driver. An on-vehicle apparatus characterized by
  12.  請求項1、2、5、7、8のいずれかの項に記載の安全確認評価装置と、
     請求項11記載の車載装置とを含んで構成されていることを特徴とする安全確認評価システム。
    A safety confirmation evaluation device according to any one of claims 1, 2, 5, 7, and 8.
    A safety check and evaluation system comprising: the on-vehicle apparatus according to claim 11;
  13.  車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する安全確認評価方法であって、
     前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
     前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを含むステップを実行させることを特徴とする安全確認評価方法。
    A safety confirmation evaluation method for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver of the vehicle,
    An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
    An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
    And a step of evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  14.  車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を少なくとも1つのコンピュータに実行させるための安全確認評価プログラムであって、
     前記少なくとも1つのコンピュータに、
     前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
     前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを実行させることを特徴とする安全確認評価プログラム。
    A safety confirmation evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute a process of evaluating a safety confirmation operation of a driver of a vehicle.
    On the at least one computer
    An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
    An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
    A safety confirmation evaluation program, comprising: performing an evaluation step of evaluating a safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time.
  15.  車両の運転者の安全確認動作を評価する処理を少なくとも1つのコンピュータに実行させるための安全確認評価プログラムが記憶されたコンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体であって、
     前記少なくとも1つのコンピュータに、
     前記車両の交差点への進入時刻を推定する進入時刻推定ステップと、
     前記運転者の顔の向き又は視線の向きの少なくともいずれかに関する情報を取得する情報取得ステップと、
     前記進入時刻の前後所定時間に取得された前記情報に基づいて、前記運転者の安全確認動作を評価する評価ステップとを実行させるためのプログラムを記憶したことを特徴とするコンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体。
    A computer readable storage medium storing a safety check evaluation program for causing at least one computer to execute a process of evaluating a safety check operation of a driver of a vehicle.
    On the at least one computer
    An approach time estimation step of estimating the approach time of the vehicle to the intersection;
    An information acquisition step of acquiring information on at least one of the direction of the face of the driver and the direction of the line of sight;
    A computer readable storage medium storing a program for executing an evaluation step for evaluating the safety confirmation operation of the driver based on the information acquired at a predetermined time before and after the entry time. .
PCT/JP2018/044842 2017-12-13 2018-12-06 Safety check evaluation device, on-board device, safety check evaluation system comprising these, safety check evaluation method, safety check evaluation program, and storage medium WO2019117004A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017238583 2017-12-13
JP2017-238583 2017-12-13
JP2018117575A JP7224118B2 (en) 2017-12-13 2018-06-21 Safety confirmation evaluation device, in-vehicle device, safety confirmation evaluation system equipped with these, safety confirmation evaluation method, and safety confirmation evaluation program
JP2018-117575 2018-06-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019117004A1 true WO2019117004A1 (en) 2019-06-20

Family

ID=66820396

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/044842 WO2019117004A1 (en) 2017-12-13 2018-12-06 Safety check evaluation device, on-board device, safety check evaluation system comprising these, safety check evaluation method, safety check evaluation program, and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019117004A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023051818A1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 瞬联软件科技(北京)有限公司 Indication device and method for riding comfort
WO2023243069A1 (en) * 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 三菱電機株式会社 Inattentiveness determination device and inattentiveness determination method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157880A (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-06-03 Toyota Central Res & Dev Lab Inc Confirmation action evaluation device
JP2006227905A (en) * 2005-02-17 2006-08-31 Toyota Motor Corp Information notification device for vehicle
JP2007293495A (en) * 2006-04-24 2007-11-08 Toyota Motor Corp Driver action evaluation device
WO2009148188A1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 株式会社山城自動車教習所 System for automatic evaluation of driving behavior
JP2010039686A (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-02-18 Toyota Motor Corp Voice output device
JP2014194625A (en) * 2013-03-28 2014-10-09 Fujitsu Ltd Visual confirmation evaluation device, method and program

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157880A (en) * 2002-11-07 2004-06-03 Toyota Central Res & Dev Lab Inc Confirmation action evaluation device
JP2006227905A (en) * 2005-02-17 2006-08-31 Toyota Motor Corp Information notification device for vehicle
JP2007293495A (en) * 2006-04-24 2007-11-08 Toyota Motor Corp Driver action evaluation device
WO2009148188A1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 株式会社山城自動車教習所 System for automatic evaluation of driving behavior
JP2010039686A (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-02-18 Toyota Motor Corp Voice output device
JP2014194625A (en) * 2013-03-28 2014-10-09 Fujitsu Ltd Visual confirmation evaluation device, method and program

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023051818A1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 瞬联软件科技(北京)有限公司 Indication device and method for riding comfort
WO2023243069A1 (en) * 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 三菱電機株式会社 Inattentiveness determination device and inattentiveness determination method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102315335B1 (en) Perceptions of assigned passengers for autonomous vehicles
CN101652802B (en) Safe driving assisting device
CN102442248B (en) For warning the system and method for frontal collisions danger and using its vehicle
JP7224118B2 (en) Safety confirmation evaluation device, in-vehicle device, safety confirmation evaluation system equipped with these, safety confirmation evaluation method, and safety confirmation evaluation program
KR20200130279A (en) System and method to anonymize navigation information
KR20200123474A (en) Framework of navigation information for autonomous navigation
WO2019117005A1 (en) Driving evaluation report, vehicle-mounted device, driving evaluation report creation device, driving evaluation report creation system, computer program for creation of driving evaluation report, and storage medium
WO2019073920A1 (en) Information processing device, moving device and method, and program
WO2019181284A1 (en) Information processing device, movement device, method, and program
US20080055056A1 (en) Intersection information provision system and driving assist system
JP6967042B2 (en) Driving evaluation device, driving evaluation system, driving evaluation method, program, and intersection attribute discrimination method
KR20190077482A (en) Method and system for adjusting the orientation of a virtual camera while the vehicle is turning
US20190163997A1 (en) Control system
JP2019091255A (en) Information processing apparatus, driver monitoring system, information processing method, and information processing program
CN110869867A (en) Method for verifying a digital map of a vehicle with a high degree of automation, corresponding device and computer program
JP2019088522A (en) Information processing apparatus, driver monitoring system, information processing method, and information processing program
WO2019117004A1 (en) Safety check evaluation device, on-board device, safety check evaluation system comprising these, safety check evaluation method, safety check evaluation program, and storage medium
JP2019159642A (en) On-vehicle machine, driving evaluation device, driving evaluation system provided with them, data transmission method, and data transmission program
JP7075048B2 (en) Safety confirmation evaluation device, in-vehicle device, safety confirmation evaluation system equipped with these, safety confirmation evaluation method, and safety confirmation evaluation program
JP7155512B2 (en) SAFETY CONFIRMATION AND EVALUATION SYSTEM, ON-VEHICLE DEVICE, PROCESSING DEVICE, SAFETY CONFIRMATION AND EVALUATION METHOD, AND SAFETY CONFIRMATION AND EVALUATION PROGRAM
JP7068606B2 (en) Driving evaluation device, on-board unit, driving evaluation method, and computer program
JP7298351B2 (en) State determination device, in-vehicle device, driving evaluation system, state determination method, and program
JP7070827B2 (en) Driving evaluation device, in-vehicle device, driving evaluation system equipped with these, driving evaluation method, and driving evaluation program
CN114207685B (en) Autonomous vehicle interaction system
JP7060841B2 (en) Operation evaluation device, operation evaluation method, and operation evaluation program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18888993

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18888993

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1